U.S. patent application number 17/231581 was filed with the patent office on 2021-08-26 for pyrimidine or pyridine compounds, preparation method therefor and pharmaceutical uses thereof.
The applicant listed for this patent is INVENTISBIO CO., LTD.. Invention is credited to Yueheng Jiang.
Application Number | 20210261543 17/231581 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 1000005526736 |
Filed Date | 2021-08-26 |
United States Patent
Application |
20210261543 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
Jiang; Yueheng |
August 26, 2021 |
PYRIMIDINE OR PYRIDINE COMPOUNDS, PREPARATION METHOD THEREFOR AND
PHARMACEUTICAL USES THEREOF
Abstract
The present invention disclosed a class of pyrimidine or
pyridine compounds, pharmaceutically acceptable salts,
stereoisomers, prodrugs and solvates thereof, preparation method
therefor and pharmaceutical compositions and pharmaceutical uses
thereof. The compounds can inhibit the variants of EGFR (Epidermis
Growth Factor Receptor) proteinases, and therefore can inhibit the
growth of a variety of tumor cells effectively. The compounds can
be used to prepare antitumor drugs, used for the treatment,
combined therapy or prevention of various different cancers. The
compounds can overcome the drug resistance induced by the existing
first-generation EGFR inhibitors such as gefitinib, erlotinib and
so on. Particularly, the compounds can be used to prepare drugs for
treating or preventing diseases, disturbances, disorders or
conditions mediated by epidermis growth factor receptor variants
(such as L858R activated mutants, Exon19 deletion activated mutants
and T790M resistant mutants).
Inventors: |
Jiang; Yueheng; (Shanghai,
CN) |
|
Applicant: |
Name |
City |
State |
Country |
Type |
INVENTISBIO CO., LTD. |
Shanghai |
|
CN |
|
|
Family ID: |
1000005526736 |
Appl. No.: |
17/231581 |
Filed: |
April 15, 2021 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
16210705 |
Dec 5, 2018 |
|
|
|
17231581 |
|
|
|
|
15524228 |
May 3, 2017 |
10179784 |
|
|
PCT/CN2015/093815 |
Nov 5, 2015 |
|
|
|
16210705 |
|
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
1/1 |
Current CPC
Class: |
C07D 471/04 20130101;
C07D 405/14 20130101; C07D 413/04 20130101; A61P 35/04 20180101;
C07D 401/14 20130101; C07D 401/04 20130101; A61P 35/02 20180101;
C07D 417/04 20130101; C07D 403/14 20130101; A61K 31/506 20130101;
A61K 31/437 20130101; C07D 403/04 20130101 |
International
Class: |
C07D 471/04 20060101
C07D471/04; A61K 31/437 20060101 A61K031/437; A61K 31/506 20060101
A61K031/506; C07D 401/04 20060101 C07D401/04; C07D 403/04 20060101
C07D403/04; C07D 403/14 20060101 C07D403/14; C07D 405/14 20060101
C07D405/14; A61P 35/02 20060101 A61P035/02; A61P 35/04 20060101
A61P035/04; C07D 401/14 20060101 C07D401/14; C07D 413/04 20060101
C07D413/04; C07D 417/04 20060101 C07D417/04 |
Foreign Application Data
Date |
Code |
Application Number |
Nov 5, 2014 |
CN |
201410619334.7 |
Apr 1, 2015 |
CN |
201510152615.0 |
Claims
1. A pyrimidine compound represented by the following formula (I)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, prodrug
molecule or solvate thereof: ##STR00408## wherein, R.sup.1 is
hydrogen, deuterium, halogen or cyano; R.sup.2 is a C1-C6 alkyl,
CD.sub.3, or halogen-substituted C1-C6 alkyl; X is NR.sup.3 or o; Y
is NHC(.dbd.O) or NHS(.dbd.O).sub.2, and the nitrogen in the
NHC(.dbd.O) or NHS(.dbd.O).sub.2 is bonded to the benzene ring in
formula (I); R.sup.3 is a C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, CD.sub.3,
C1-C6 alkoxy C1-C6 alkyl; R.sup.4 is a C1-C3 alkyl, unsubstituted
or substituted with 1-3 substituents, wherein said substituent is a
C1-C3 alkyl, CD.sub.3, C1-C3 alkoxy, methanesulfonyl,
NR.sup.7R.sup.8 or a 3- to 6-membered heterocyclic group containing
1 to 2 heteroatoms selected from N and O, unsubstituted or
substituted with hydroxy or C1-C3 alkyl; or, R.sup.3 and R.sup.4,
together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded, form a
4-6 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 4 nitrogen or oxygen
and having one or more substituents, and the substituent is amino,
dimethylamino, C1-C3 alkoxy, or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclic
group containing 1 to 2 heteroatoms selected from N and O,
unsubstituted or substituted with C1-C3 alkyl; R.sup.5 is a fused
ring formed by two rings, and the fused ring formed by two rings is
optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents, wherein the two rings
forming the fused ring are each independently benzene, a
5-7-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-7-membered heteroaromatic
ring, wherein the 5-7 membered heterocyclic or 5-7 membered
heteroaromatic ring contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from S, N or
O, and the substituent is oxo group (.dbd.O) or R.sup.6, R.sup.6 is
hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, CD.sub.3, C1-C3 alkylsulfonyl, C3-C6
cycloalkyl, 4-6 membered heterocyclyl, 4-6 membered heteroaryl, or
halogen-substituted C1-C3 alkyl, wherein the 4-6 membered
heterocyclyl or 4-6 membered heteroaryl contains 1 to 3 heteroatoms
selected from N, O and S and is optionally substituted with C1-C2
alkyl; R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 are each independently C1-C3 alkyl,
CD.sub.3, C1-C3 alkoxy or C3-C5 cycloalkyl; and when R.sup.1 is
hydrogen, R.sup.2 is methyl, X is NCH.sub.3, Y is NHC(.dbd.O),
R.sup.4 is dimethylaminoethyl, R.sup.5 cannot be ##STR00409## when
R.sup.1 is hydrogen, R.sup.2 is methyl, X is NR.sup.3, Y is
NHC(.dbd.O), R.sup.3 is methyl, R.sup.4 is dimethylaminoethyl,
R.sup.5 is ##STR00410## R.sup.6 is methyl, no hydrogen in any one
of R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4 and R.sup.6 can be
substituted by deuterium.
2. The pyrimidine compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt,
stereoisomer, prodrug molecule or solvate thereof according to
claim 1, wherein R.sup.1 is hydrogen, deuterium, fluorine, chlorine
or cyano; R.sup.2 is a C1-C3 alkyl, CD.sub.3, or C1-C3 alkyl
substituted with 1 to 3 fluorines or chlorines; X is NR.sup.3 or O;
R.sup.3 is a C1-C3 alkyl, CD.sub.3, or C1-C3 alkoxyC1-C3alkyl; Y is
NHC(.dbd.O) or NHS(.dbd.O).sub.2; R.sup.4 is selected from the
following groups: ##STR00411## or, when X is NR.sup.3, R.sup.3 and
R.sup.4, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded,
form a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring with substituent(s),
and the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring with substituent(s)
is selected from the following heterocyclic groups ##STR00412##
R.sup.5 is group selected from the following groups: ##STR00413##
##STR00414## R.sup.6 is hydrogen, methyl, CD.sub.3, ethyl,
isopropyl, methylsulfonyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, or
fluorine-substituted C1-C3 alkyl; and when R.sup.1 is hydrogen,
R.sup.2 is methyl, X is NCH.sub.3, Y is NHC(.dbd.O), R.sup.4 is
dimethylaminoethyl, R.sup.5 cannot be ##STR00415## when R.sup.1 is
hydrogen, R.sup.2 is methyl, X is NR.sub.3, Y is NHC(.dbd.O),
R.sup.3 is methyl, R.sup.4 is dimethylaminoethyl, R.sup.5 is
##STR00416## R.sup.6 is methyl, no hydrogen in any one of R.sup.1,
R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4 and R.sup.6 can be substituted by
deuterium.
3. The pyrimidine compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt,
stereoisomer, prodrug molecule or solvate thereof according to
claim 1, wherein R.sup.1 is hydrogen, R.sup.2 is methyl or
CD.sub.3, X is NR.sup.3, R.sup.3 is CH.sub.3, CD.sub.3, ethyl or
methoxyethyl, Y is NHC(.dbd.O) or NHS(.dbd.O).sub.2, R.sup.4 is
dimethylaminoethyl, R.sup.5 is selected from the following groups:
##STR00417## ##STR00418## wherein, R.sup.6 is hydrogen, methyl,
CD.sub.3, ethyl, isopropyl, methylsulfonyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, or
fluorine-substituted C1-C3 alkyl.
4. A pyrimidine compound represented by the following formula (I),
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, prodrug
molecule or solvate thereof: ##STR00419## wherein, R.sup.1 is
hydrogen, deuterium, halogen or cyano; R.sup.2 is a C1-C6 alkyl,
CD.sub.3, or halogen-substituted C1-C6 alkyl; X is NR.sub.3 or O; Y
is NHC(.dbd.O) or NHS(.dbd.O).sub.2, and the nitrogen in the
NHC(.dbd.O) or NHS(.dbd.O).sub.2 is bonded to the benzene ring in
formula (I); R.sup.3 is a C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, CD.sub.3,
C1-C6 alkoxy C1-C6 alkyl; R.sup.4 is a C1-C3 alkyl unsubstituted or
substituted with 1-3 substituents, wherein said substituent is a
C1-C3 alkyl, CD.sub.3, C1-C3 alkoxy, methanesulfonyl,
NR.sup.7R.sup.8 or a 3- to 6-membered heterocyclic group containing
1 to 2 heteroatoms selected from N and O unsubstituted or
substituted with hydroxyl or C1-C3 alkyl; or, R.sup.3 and R.sup.4,
together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded, form a
4-6 membered heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 4 nitrogen or oxygen
and having one or more substituents, and the substituent is amino,
dimethylamino, C1-C3 alkoxy, or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclic
group containing 1 to 2 heteroatoms selected from N and O
unsubstituted or substituted with C1-C3 alkyl; R.sup.5 is a fused
ring formed by two rings, and the fused ring formed by two rings is
optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents, wherein the two rings
forming the fused ring are each independently benzene, a
5-7-membered heterocyclic ring or a 5-7-membered heteroaromatic
ring, wherein the 5-7 membered heterocyclic or 5-7 membered
heteroaromatic ring contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from S, N or
O, and the substituent is oxo group (.dbd.O) or R, R.sup.6 is
hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, CD.sub.3, C1-C3 alkylsulfonyl; R.sup.7 and
R.sup.8 are each independently C1-C3 alkyl, CD.sub.3, C1-C3 alkoxy
or C3-C5 cycloalkyl; and when R.sup.1 is hydrogen, R.sup.2 is
methyl, X is NCH.sub.3, Y is NHC(.dbd.O), R.sup.4 is
dimethylaminoethyl, R.sup.5 cannot be ##STR00420## when R.sup.1 is
hydrogen, R.sup.2 is methyl, X is NR.sub.3, Y is NHC(.dbd.O),
R.sup.3 is methyl, R.sup.4 is dimethylaminoethyl, R.sup.5 is
##STR00421## R.sup.6 is methyl, no hydrogen in any one of R.sup.1,
R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4 and R.sup.6 can be substituted by
deuterium.
5. The pyrimidine compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt,
stereoisomer, prodrug molecule or solvate thereof according to
claim 4, wherein R.sup.1 is hydrogen, deuterium, fluorine, chlorine
or cyano; R.sup.2 is a C1-C3 alkyl, CD.sub.3, or C1-C3 alkyl
substituted with 1 to 3 fluorines or chlorines; X is NR.sup.3 or O;
R.sup.3 is a C1-C3 alkyl, CD.sub.3, or C1-C3 alkoxyC1-C3alkyl; Y is
NHC(.dbd.O) or NHS(.dbd.O).sub.2; R.sup.4 is selected from the
following groups: ##STR00422## or, when X is NR.sup.3, R.sup.3 and
R.sup.4, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded,
form a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring with substituent(s),
and the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring with substituent(s)
is selected from the following heterocyclic groups: ##STR00423##
R.sup.5 is a group selected from the following groups: ##STR00424##
##STR00425## R.sup.6 is hydrogen, methyl, CD.sub.3, ethyl,
isopropyl, or methylsulfonyl; and when R.sup.1 is hydrogen, R.sup.2
is methyl, X is NCH.sub.3, Y is NHC(.dbd.O), R.sup.4 is
dimethylaminoethyl, R.sup.5 cannot be ##STR00426## when R.sup.1 is
hydrogen, R.sup.2 is methyl, X is NR.sup.3, Y is NHC(.dbd.),
R.sup.3 is methyl, R.sup.4 is dimethylaminoethyl, R.sup.5 is
##STR00427## R.sup.6 is methyl, no hydrogen in any one of R.sup.1,
R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4 and R.sup.6 can be substituted by
deuterium.
6. The pyrimidine compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt,
stereoisomer, prodrug molecule or solvate thereof according to
claim 4, wherein R.sup.1 is hydrogen, R.sup.2 is methyl or
CD.sub.3, X is NR.sup.3, R.sup.3 is CH.sub.3, CD.sub.3, ethyl or
methoxyethyl, Y is NHC(.dbd.O) or NHS(.dbd.O).sub.2, R.sup.4 is
dimethylaminoethyl, R.sup.5 is selected from the following groups:
##STR00428## ##STR00429## wherein, R.sup.6 is hydrogen, methyl,
CD.sub.3 ethyl, isopropyl or methylsulfonyl.
7. The pyrimidine compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt,
stereoisomer, prodrug molecule or solvate thereof according to
claim 4, wherein R.sup.1 is hydrogen, R.sup.2 is methyl or
CD.sub.3, X is NR.sup.3, R.sup.3 is CH.sub.3, CD.sub.3, ethyl or
methoxyethyl, Y is NHC(.dbd.O) or NHS(.dbd.O).sub.2, R.sup.4 is
dimethylaminoethyl, R.sup.5 is selected from the following groups:
##STR00430## ##STR00431##
8. The pyrimidine compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt,
stereoisomer, prodrug molecule or solvate thereof according to
claim 4, wherein R.sup.1 is hydrogen, R.sup.2 is methyl or
CD.sub.3, X is NR.sup.3, R.sup.3 is CD.sub.3 or ethyl, Y is
NHC(.dbd.O) or NHS(.dbd.O).sub.2, R.sup.4 is selected from the
following groups: ##STR00432## R.sup.5 is selected from the
following groups: ##STR00433## ##STR00434## wherein R.sup.6 is
selected from hydrogen, methyl, CD.sub.3, ethyl, isopropyl, or
methylsulfonyl.
9. The pyrimidine compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt,
stereoisomer, prodrug molecule or solvate thereof according to
claim 4, wherein R.sup.1 is hydrogen, R.sup.2 is methyl or
CD.sub.3, X is NR.sup.3, R.sup.3 is CD.sub.3 or ethyl, Y is
NHC(.dbd.O) or NHS(.dbd.O).sub.2, R.sup.4 is selected from the
following groups: ##STR00435## R.sup.5 is selected from the
following groups: ##STR00436## ##STR00437##
10. A pyrimidine or pyridine compound, or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt, stereoisomer, prodrug molecule or solvate thereof,
wherein the pyrimidine or pyridine compound is the following
compound: ##STR00438## ##STR00439## ##STR00440## ##STR00441##
##STR00442## ##STR00443## ##STR00444## ##STR00445## ##STR00446##
##STR00447## ##STR00448## ##STR00449## ##STR00450## ##STR00451##
##STR00452## ##STR00453## ##STR00454## ##STR00455## ##STR00456##
##STR00457## ##STR00458## ##STR00459## ##STR00460##
##STR00461##
11. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a therapeutically
effective amount of one or more of the compound, pharmaceutically
acceptable salt thereof, stereoisomer, prodrug molecule and/or
solvate thereof according to any one of claims 1 to 10, and one or
more pharmaceutical excipients.
12. An use of the compound, pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof, stereoisomer, prodrug molecule and/or solvate thereof
according to any one of claims 1 to 10, in the preparation of a
medicament for treating or preventing a disorder or disease
mediated by EGFR in the form of an activated or resistant mutant,
preferably, the disorder or disease mediated by the EGFR in the
form of an activated or resistant mutant is ovarian cancer,
cervical cancer, colorectal cancer, breast cancer, pancreatic
cancer, glioma, glioblastoma, melanoma, prostate cancer, leukemia,
lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, gastric cancer, lung cancer,
hepatocellular carcinoma, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, thyroid
cancer, cholangiocarcinoma, endometrial cancer, kidney cancer,
anaplastic large cell lymphoma, acute myeloid leukemia, multiple
myeloma or mesothelioma.
Description
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0001] The present invention pertains to the field of
pharmaceutical chemistry, and particularly, to pyrimidine or
pyridine compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts,
stereoisomers, prodrugs and solvates thereof; a method for
preparing the same; a pharmaceutical composition containing the
same and pharmaceutical use of the same. In particular, the present
invention relates to pyrimidine or pyridine compounds and
pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, prodrugs and
solvates thereof; a method for preparing the same; a pharmaceutical
composition containing the compounds, pharmaceutically acceptable
salts, stereoisomers, prodrugs and/or solvates thereof,
particularly useful polymorphs of the compounds and salts thereof,
and a use of the compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts,
stereoisomers, prodrugs and solvates thereof in the preparation of
a medicament for treating diseases mediated by various EGFR forms
(e.g. activated mutants and/or resistant mutants).
BACKGROUND
[0002] Cancer is becoming the deadliest "killer" to human beings.
In recent years, the total number of people died for cancer is
close to 2 million each year in China. Although a variety of
discovery of treatment pathways and drugs have brought hope for
cancer patients, these conventional treatments still have many
drawbacks, such as large side effect, poor treatment effect, tumor
recurrence, metastasis and so on. There is an urgent need for new
treatment techniques to improve the low success rate of cancer
treatment. The recent emergence of individualized chemotherapy and
targeted therapy has brought new hope to lung cancer treatment.
Tumor molecular targeted therapy is a treatment method in which the
key molecules that closely relate to the tumor growth will
selectively kill the tumor cells through chemical or biological
means. Targeted therapy has many characteristics, such as high
specificity, high selectivity and mild side effects. When targeted
therapy is used in combination with traditional chemotherapy,
radiotherapy or tumor immunization, the efficacy can be greatly
enhanced and the postoperative recurrence can be reduced. Tumor
targeted therapy has rapidly develop in recent years, and becomes
the emerging field of cancer treatment and future development
trend.
[0003] Protein tyrosine kinases (PTKs) are a class of protein
enzymes that can catalyze the phenolic hydroxyl phosphorylation on
tyrosine residue of a variety of important proteins, thereby
activating the biological activity of functional proteins. This
reaction process plays a very important role in the intracellular
signal transduction pathway, for it regulates a series of
physiological and chemical processes such as cell growth,
differentiation and death. Protein tyrosine kinase dysfunction can
cause a series of diseases in the body. There are many studies
showing that the activation of more than half of the original
cancer gene and oncogene are associated with protein tyrosine
kinase, and protein tyrosine kinase abnormal expression can lead to
disorders of cell proliferation regulation, thereby leading to
tumor genesis. In addition, tyrosine kinase abnormal expression is
also closely associated with tumor invasion and metastasis, tumor
neovascularization, tumor resistance to chemotherapy. Tyrosine
kinase has become a very important target for the development of
antitumor drugs.
[0004] Epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) is a receptor
tyrosine protein kinase, and a transmembrane protein in the ErbB
receptor family.
[0005] EGFR regulates proliferation, survival, adhesion, migration
and differentiation of cells, which is hyperactivated or sustained
in a variety of tumor cells, such as lung cancer cells, breast
cancer cells, prostate cancer cells and the like. Abnormal
activation of EGFR plays a key role in tumor transformation and
growth. Blocking activation of EGFR has been clinically proven as
one of the effective targeted therapy methods for tumor cell. EGFR
was expressed in 50% of NSCLC (non-small cell lung cancer) cases,
which makes EGFR and family members thereof a major candidate for
targeted therapy. Gefitinib and erlotinib are the first generation
of small molecule inhibitors of EGFR, and primarily used as drugs
for treating advanced NSCLC. Clinical results show that gefitinib
or erlotinib has effect on about 10% of white NSCLC and about 35%
of Asian NSCLC patients. The analysis shows that the response rate
to EGFR-tyrosine kinase inhibitor (TI) in most NSCLC patients with
EGFR activation mutations was significantly higher than that in
EGFR wild type of NSCLC patients.
[0006] However, clinical studies have shown that many patients soon
(12-14 months) have been resistant to these small molecule
inhibitors of EGFR, ie, acquired drug resistance. Gatekeeper
residue of T790M mutation is a mutation point in EGFR 20 exon and
is one of the major mechanisms leading to drug resistance. Studies
on a new generation of inhibitor for these EGFR mutations have
recently been very successful. Afatinib is a potent and
irreversible double inhibitor of EGFR and human epidermal growth
factor receptor 2 (HER2) tyrosine kinases. Other similar
multi-target, highly active and irreversible inhibitors, such as
canertinib, and dacomitibib are also in later clinical trials.
These novel second-generation irreversible inhibitors have a strong
inhibitory effect on EGFR with L858R and T790M mutants, and have a
significant effect on gefitinib or erlotinib-resistant cancer
patients. However, these second-generation EGFR mutant inhibitors
also have a strong inhibitory effect on wild-type EGFR (WT-EGFR).
Clinical studies have shown that the inhibition of wild-type EGFR
can lead to drug toxicity and side effects in most patients, such
as rash or diarrhea in the human body.
[0007] In order to overcome the toxicity and side effects of the
second-generation EGFR inhibitors, it is necessary to reduce the
inhibitory effect on wild-type EGFR (WT-EGFR). A new generation
(i.e. the third generation) of EGFR inhibitors should remain a
strong inhibition against EGFR L858R activated mutants, Exon19
deletion activated mutants and T790M resistant mutants, and show a
relatively low inhibitory effect on WT-EGFR and other tyrosine
protein kinase receptors. Such compounds can be used not only in
the treatment of cancer patients with a resistance to EGFR
L858R-activated mutants and Exon19 deletion-activated mutants, but
also in the treatment of cancer patients with EGFR-T790M resistant
mutants resulting to the resistance against the first-generation
EGFR inhibitors such as gefitinib, erlotinib or icotinib. The
third-generation EGFR inhibitor, AZD9291, has a beneficial clinical
effect, but its major metabolite, AZ5104, has a strong inhibitory
effect on wild-type EGFR (WT-EGFR), which is the most probable
incentive inducing the most common side effects such as a
clinically common rash, diarrhea and the like.
[0008] The present invention shows many pyrimidine or pyridine
compounds that have a high inhibitory activity against EGFR
mutant(s), but only relatively low inhibitory effects on wild-type
EGFR. The compounds of the present invention have good
physicochemical properties and safety toxicity parameters. Such
compounds will have a better effect in the treatment of cancer with
EGFR-activated mutants and/or EGFR-resistant mutations.
[0009] The present invention relates to certain pyrimidine or
pyridine compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
and can be used for the treatment or prevention of the disease or
condition mediated by some mutated forms of epidermal growth factor
receptors (e.g., L858R activated mutants, Exon19 deletion activated
mutants, and T790M resistant mutants). Such compounds and
pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, prodrugs and
solvates thereof can be used for the treatment or prevention of
many different cancers. The present invention also relates to a
pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound and a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, prodrug and solvate
thereof, in particular, the useful polymorphs of the compound and
salt; the useful intermediates used for preparing the said
compounds; and the method for the treating diseases mediated by
EGFR in the form of activated and/or resistant mutants by the
compounds, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers,
prodrugs and solvates thereof.
[0010] Therefore, there is an urgent need for a new type of
compound, especially a compound with novel skeleton, to solve
problems such as poor resistance, poor selectivity and the like. In
the following list of documents, the patent or non-patent documents
(journals, magazines, manuals and books, etc.) that are closest to
patent applications are cited: [0011] 1. New England Journal of
medicine, 2008, vol. 358, pp. 1160-1174; [0012] 2. Chemical and
Biophysical Research Communications, 2004, vol. 319, pp. 1-11;
[0013] 3. Science, 2004, vol. 304, pp. 1497-1500; [0014] 4. New
England Journal of medicine, 2004, vol. 350, pp. 2129-2139; [0015]
5. Molecular Cancer Therapeutics, 2014, vol. 13, pp. 1468-1479;
[0016] 6. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2014, vol. 57, pp.
8249-8267; [0017] 7. WO2013014448A1, corresponding to CN103702990A;
[0018] 8. WO2013108754A1; [0019] 9. CN103374000A; [0020] 10.
CN103804303A; [0021] 11. WO2013184766A1; and [0022] 12.
WO2009051822A1.
[0023] It should be stated that the above-mentioned patent or
non-patent documents is only representative documents and are not a
complete list of all the relevant literature. The entire disclosure
of the above-mentioned patent or non-patent document is hereby
incorporated in its entirety for a reference, and in the cases
where there is a conflict, the description in the present
application document shall prevail.
[0024] The current EGFR-TKI does still not solve the clinical
problems caused by drug resistance, and the most of existing drugs
are EGFR reversible or irreversible inhibitors based on quinazoline
or quinolinamine as the basic nucleus, and they are still
inevitably brought to the side effects of poor selectivity to EGFR
wild-type cells. Therefore, there is an urgent need for a new type
of compounds, especially compounds with novel skeletons, so as to
solve problems such as poor drug resistance and selectivity.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0025] It is an object of the present invention to provide a
pyrimidine or pyridine compound represented by the following
formula (I) and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer,
prodrug molecule or solvate thereof. The compounds can inhibit the
variants of epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) protein
kinases, and therefore can inhibit the growth of a variety of tumor
cells effectively. The compounds can be used to prepare antitumor
drugs, used for the treatment or prevention of various different
cancers. The compounds can overcome the drug resistance induced by
the existing Gefitinib, erlotinib and so on. More particularly, the
compounds can be used to prepare drugs for treating or preventing
diseases, disturbances, disorders or conditions mediated by EGFR
variants (such as L858R activated mutants, Exon19 deletion
activated mutants and/or T790M resistant mutants).
[0026] It is another object of the present invention to provide a
method for preparing the above-mentioned compounds.
[0027] It is a further object of the present invention to provide a
pharmaceutical composition comprising one or more selected from the
group consisting of the pyrimidine or pyridine compounds,
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, prodrug molecule
and solvate thereof, and one or more pharmaceutical excipients.
[0028] It is a further object of the present invention to provide a
use of the above-mentioned pyrimidine or pyridine compounds,
pharmaceutically acceptable salt, stereoisomer, prodrug molecule
and/or solvates thereof, and the above pharmaceutical composition
in preparing a dug for treating or preventing diseases,
disturbances, disorders or conditions mediated by a variant EGFR,
particularly in preparing a drug for treating or preventing one or
more cancers.
[0029] It is a further object of the present invention to provide a
method of treating or preventing a disease, disorder, disorder or
condition mediated by a variant EGFR, in particular one or more
cancers.
[0030] It is a further object of the present invention to provide a
combined treatment of cancer, that is to say, a method for treating
cancer by using one or more of selected from the above pyrimidine
or pyridine compounds, pharmaceutically acceptable salt,
stereoisomer, prodrug molecule and solvates thereof, or the
pharmaceutical composition according to the present invention in
combination with conventional surgery, radiotherapy, chemotherapy
or tumor immunotherapy.
[0031] It is the first aspect of the invention to provide a
compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt,
stereoisomer, prodrug molecule or solvate thereof:
##STR00001##
[0032] wherein,
[0033] R.sup.1 is hydrogen, deuterium, halogen or cyano;
[0034] R.sup.2 is a C1-C6 alkyl, CD.sub.3, or halogen-substituted
C1-C6 alkyl;
[0035] X is NR.sup.3 or O;
[0036] Y is NHC(.dbd.O) or NHS(.dbd.O).sub.2, and the nitrogen in
said NHC(.dbd.O) or NHS(.dbd.O).sub.2 is bonded to the benzene ring
in formula (I);
[0037] R.sup.3 is a C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, CD.sub.3, C1-C6
alkoxy C1-C6 alkyl;
[0038] R.sup.4 is a C1-C3 alkyl, unsubstituted or substituted with
1-3 substituents, wherein said substituent is a C1-C3 alkyl,
CD.sub.3, C1-C3 alkoxy, methanesulfonyl, NR.sup.7R.sup.8 or a 3- to
6-membered heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2 heteroatoms
selected from N and O, unsubstituted or substituted with hydroxy or
C1-C3 alkyl;
[0039] or, R.sup.3 and R.sup.4, together with the nitrogen atom to
which they are bonded, form a 4-6 membered heterocyclic ring
containing 1 to 4 nitrogen or oxygen and having one or more
substituents, and the substituent is amino, dimethylamino, C1-C3
alkoxy, or a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclic group containing 1 to 2
heteroatoms selected from N and O, unsubstituted or substituted
with C1-C3 alkyl;
[0040] R.sup.5 is a fused ring formed by two rings, and the fused
ring formed by two rings is optionally substituted with 1-3
substituents, wherein the two rings forming the fused ring are each
independently benzene, a 5-7-membered heterocyclic ring or a
5-7-membered heteroaromatic ring, wherein the 5-7 membered
heterocyclic or 5-7 membered heteroaromatic ring contains 1-4
heteroatoms selected from S, N or O, and the substituent is oxo
group (.dbd.O) or R.sup.6,
[0041] R.sup.6 is hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl,
n-propyl, isopropyl), CD.sub.3, C1-C3 alkylsulfonyl, C3-C6
cycloalkyl (e.g., C3-C4 cycloalkyl), 4-6 membered heterocyclyl, 4-6
membered heteroaryl, or halogen-substituted C1-C3 alkyl (e.g., a
fluorine-substituted C2-C3 alkyl), wherein the 4-6 membered
heterocyclyl or 4-6 membered heteroaryl contains 1 to 3 heteroatoms
selected from N, O and S and is optionally substituted with C1-C2
alkyl;
[0042] R.sup.7 and R.sup.8 are each independently C1-C3 alkyl,
CD.sub.3, C1-C3 alkoxy or C3-C5 cycloalkyl;
[0043] and when R.sup.1 is hydrogen, R.sup.2 is methyl, X is
NCH.sub.3, Y is NHC(.dbd.O), R.sup.4 is dimethylaminoethyl, R.sup.5
cannot be
##STR00002##
[0044] when R.sup.1 is hydrogen, R.sup.2 is methyl, X is NR.sub.3,
Y is NHC(.dbd.O), R.sup.3 is methyl, R.sup.4 is dimethylaminoethyl,
R.sup.5 is
##STR00003##
[0045] R.sup.6 is methyl, no hydrogen in any one of R.sup.1,
R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4 and R.sup.6 can be substituted by
deuterium.
[0046] In one preferred embodiment of the present application,
[0047] R.sup.1 is hydrogen, deuterium, fluorine, chlorine or
cyano;
[0048] R.sup.2 is a C1-C3 alkyl, CD.sub.3, or C1-C3 alkyl
substituted with 1 to 3 fluorines or chlorines;
[0049] X is NR.sup.3 or O;
[0050] R.sup.3 is a C1-C3 alkyl, CD.sub.3, or C1-C3
alkoxyC1-C3alkyl;
[0051] Y is NHC(.dbd.O) or NH S(.dbd.O).sub.2;
[0052] R.sup.4 is selected from the following groups:
##STR00004##
[0053] Or, when X is NR.sup.3, R.sup.3 and R.sup.4, together with
the nitrogen atom to which they are bonded, form a
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring with substituent(s), and the
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring with substituent(s) is
selected from the following heterocyclic groups
##STR00005##
[0054] R.sup.5 is a group selected from the following groups:
##STR00006## ##STR00007## ##STR00008##
[0055] R.sup.6 is hydrogen, methyl, CD.sub.3, ethyl, isopropyl,
methylsulfonyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl (e.g., C3-C4 cycloalkyl,
cyclopropyl), or fluorine-substituted C1-C3 alkyl (e.g.,
2,2-difluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl); preferably, R.sup.6 is
selected from hydrogen, methyl, CD.sub.3, ethyl or
methylsulfonyl;
[0056] and when R.sup.1 is hydrogen, R.sup.2 is methyl, X is
NCH.sub.3, Y is NHC(.dbd.O), R.sup.4 is dimethylaminoethyl, R.sup.5
cannot be
##STR00009##
[0057] when R.sup.1 is hydrogen, R.sup.2 is methyl, X is NR.sub.3,
Y is NHC(.dbd.O), R.sup.3 is methyl, R.sup.4 is dimethylaminoethyl,
R.sup.5 is
##STR00010##
[0058] R.sup.6 is methyl, no hydrogen in any one of the groups of
R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4, R.sup.6 can be substituted by
deuterium.
[0059] In another preferred embodiment of the present application,
R.sup.1 is hydrogen, R.sup.2 is methyl or CD.sub.3, X is NR.sup.3,
R.sup.3 is CH.sub.3, CD.sub.3, ethyl or methoxyethyl, Y is
NHC(.dbd.O) or NHS(.dbd.O).sub.2, R.sup.4 is dimethylaminoethyl,
R.sup.5 is selected from the following groups:
##STR00011## ##STR00012## ##STR00013##
wherein, R.sup.6 is hydrogen, methyl, CD.sub.3, ethyl, isopropyl,
methylsulfonyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl (e.g., C3-C4 cycloalkyl,
cyclopropyl), or fluorine-substituted C1-C3 alkyl (e.g.,
2,2-difluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl); preferably, R.sup.6 is
hydrogen, methyl, CD.sub.3, ethyl, or methylsulfonyl;
[0060] In another preferred embodiment of the present application,
R.sup.1 is hydrogen, R.sup.2 is methyl or CD.sub.3, X is NR.sup.3,
R.sup.3 is CH.sub.3, CD.sub.3, ethyl or methoxyethyl, Y is
NHC(.dbd.O) or NHS(.dbd.O).sub.2, R.sup.4 is dimethylaminoethyl,
R.sup.5 is selected from the following groups:
##STR00014## ##STR00015##
[0061] In another preferred embodiment of the present application,
R.sup.1 is hydrogen; R.sup.2 is a methyl or CD.sub.3, X is
NR.sup.3, R.sup.3 is CD.sub.3 or ethyl; Y is NHC(O) or
NHS(.dbd.O).sub.2; R.sup.4 is selected from the following
groups:
##STR00016##
[0062] R.sup.5 is a group selected from the following groups:
##STR00017## ##STR00018## ##STR00019##
wherein R.sup.6 is hydrogen, methyl, CD.sub.3, ethyl, isopropyl,
methylsulfonyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl (e.g., C3-C4 cycloalkyl,
cyclopropyl), or fluorine-substituted C1-C3 alkyl (e.g.,
2,2-difluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl); preferably, R.sup.6 is
hydrogen, methyl, CD.sub.3, ethyl, or methylsulfonyl.
[0063] In another preferred embodiment of the present application,
R.sup.1 is hydrogen; R.sup.2 is a methyl or CD.sub.3, X is
NR.sup.3, R.sup.3 is CD.sub.3 or ethyl; Y is NHC(.dbd.O) or
NHS(.dbd.O).sub.2; R.sup.4 is selected from the following
groups:
##STR00020##
[0064] R.sup.5 is a group selected from the following groups:
##STR00021## ##STR00022##
[0065] In another preferred embodiment of the present application,
R.sup.1 is hydrogen; R.sup.2 is a methyl, X is NCH.sub.3; Y is
NHC(.dbd.O) or NHS(.dbd.O).sub.2; R.sup.4 is dimethylaminoethyl,
R.sup.5 is a group selected from the following groups:
##STR00023## ##STR00024##
[0066] In a most preferred embodiment of the present application,
the compound of formula (I) is selected from:
##STR00025## ##STR00026## ##STR00027## ##STR00028## ##STR00029##
##STR00030## ##STR00031## ##STR00032## ##STR00033## ##STR00034##
##STR00035## ##STR00036## ##STR00037## ##STR00038## ##STR00039##
##STR00040## ##STR00041## ##STR00042## ##STR00043## ##STR00044##
##STR00045## ##STR00046## ##STR00047## ##STR00048##
[0067] The second aspect of the present application provides a
method for preparing compounds represented by the above formula (I)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for example, using a
method represented by the following general reaction processes, in
which the reaction sequences of certain two-step or multi-step
reactions can be exchanged and do not necessarily have to be
exactly the same as the sequences shown in the following reaction
processes. Compounds A1, A2, A4, D1, R.sup.3R.sup.4NH, R.sup.4OH,
R.sup.5H and R.sup.5Z in the following general reaction processes
may be commercially available or may be prepared from other
commercially available compounds according to methods known in the
art. The preparation method is described in detail in the
examples.
##STR00049##
wherein R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4 and R.sup.6 are defined
and preferred as described above,
[0068] In the above general reaction process,
2,4-dichloropyrimidine compound A1 reacts with indole compound A2
in the presence of ferric chloride to produce compound A3. In the
presence of p-toluenesulfonic acid, compound A3 and compound A4
react to form compound A5. The fluorine atom in compound A5 is
substituted with a secondary amine R.sup.3R.sup.4NH in the presence
of potassium carbonate to give product A6. Nitrobenzene is
converted into aniline compound A7 through a catalytic
hydrogenation or a reduction reaction by iron powder. After
reacting with acryloyl chloride A8, aniline is converted into the
final product A9. Upon addition of an acid, product A9 can be
converted into different salts, for example, methanesulfonate salt
A10 can be obtained by treating with methanesulfonic acid, and
hydrochloric acid salt A11 can be obtained by treating with
hydrochloric acid. In these salts, the ratio of acid to compound A9
varies in different molecules. A compound A9 can react with 1-4
mole equivalent of acid molecules to form a salt, mostly, diacid or
triacid salt.
##STR00050##
wherein, R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.4 and R.sup.6 are defined and
preferred as described above,
[0069] In the above general reaction sequence, the fluorine atom in
compound A5 is substituted with alcohol R.sup.4OH in the presence
of sodium hydride to give the product B1. Nitrobenzene is converted
into aniline compound B2 through a catalytic hydrogenation or
reduction reaction by iron powder. After reacting with acryloyl
chloride A8, aniline is converted into the final product B3. Upon
addition of an acid, the product B3 can be converted into different
salts, for example, methanesulfonate salt B4 can be obtained by
treating with methanesulfonic acid, and hydrochloric acid salt B5
can be obtained by treating with hydrochloric acid. In these salts,
the ratio of acid to compound B3 varies in different molecules. A
compound B3 can react with 1-4 mole equivalent of acid molecules to
form a salt, mostly, diacid or triacid salt.
##STR00051##
wherein, R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4 and R.sup.6 are defined
and preferred as described above,
[0070] In the above general reaction sequence, after reacting with
vinyl sulfonyl chloride C1, aniline A7 is converted into the final
product C2. Upon addition of acid, the product C2 can be converted
into different salts, for example, methanesulfonate salt C3 can be
obtained by treating with methanesulfonic acid, and hydrochloric
acid salt C4 can be obtained by treating with hydrochloric acid. In
these salts, the ratio of acid to compound C2 varies in different
molecules. A compound C2 can react with 1-4 mole equivalent of acid
molecules to form a salt, mostly, diacid or triacid salt.
##STR00052##
[0071] wherein, R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4 and R.sup.6 are
defined and preferred as described above, wherein Z is a borate, a
tin or zinc substituent,
[0072] In the above general reaction sequence, the
2,4-dichloropyrimidine compound A1 is subjected to a substitution
reaction with the two-membered fused ring compound R.sup.5H under
suitable known conditions or is subjected to a catalytic coupling
reaction with the compound R.sup.5Z to produce the compound D2.
Alternatively, the amine group of compound D1 may be reacted with a
suitable reagent and then under suitable conditions to form a
two-member fused ring substituent R.sup.5 in D2. In the presence of
p-toluenesulfonic acid, compound D2 and compound A4 react to form
compound D3. The fluorine atom in D3 is substituted with the
secondary amine R.sup.3R.sup.4NH in the presence of potassium
carbonate to give product D4. Nitrobenzene is converted into
aniline D5 through a catalytic hydrogenation or reduction reaction
by iron powder. After reacting with acryloyl chloride A8, aniline
gave the final product D6. After treating with an acid, product D6
can be converted into different salts, for example,
methanesulfonate salt D7 can be obtained by treating with
methanesulfonic acid, and hydrochloric acid salt D8 can be obtained
by treating with hydrochloric acid. In these salts, the ratio of
acid to compound D6 varies in different molecules. A compound D6
can react with 1-4 mole equivalent of acid molecules to form a
salt, mostly, diacid or triacid salt.
##STR00053##
[0073] wherein, R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.4, R.sup.5 and X are
defined and preferred as described above,
[0074] In the above general reaction sequence, aniline intermediate
compound E1 (A7, B2, D5) may be reacted with acrylic anhydride E2
to form acrylamide compound E3 (A9, B3, D6).
[0075] The third aspect of the present application provides a
pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective
amount of one or more of compounds of formula (I), pharmaceutically
acceptable salt thereof, stereoisomer, prodrug molecule and/or
solvate thereof, and one or more pharmaceutical excipients. The
above pharmaceutical composition is a medicament for the treatment
or prevention of diseases, disturbances, disorders or conditions
mediated by the EGFR in the form of activated mutant or resistant
mutant, in particular, for the treatment or prevention of one or
more cancers.
[0076] The above-mentioned medicaments, according to the objective
of the treatment, may be in a variety of pharmaceutical forms,
generally including: tablets, pills, capsules, granules,
suspensions, solutions, creams, ointments, powders, suppositories,
aerosols, injections etc.
[0077] The fourth aspect of the present application provides a use
of a compound of formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, a
stereoisomer, a prodrug molecule and/or a solvate thereof in the
preparation of a medicament for treating or preventing a disorder
or disease mediated by EGFR in the form of activated mutant or
resistant mutant. The disorder or disease includes, but is not
limited to, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, colorectal cancer
(e.g., colon adenocarcinoma), breast cancer, pancreatic cancer,
glioma, glioblastoma, melanoma, prostate cancer, leukemia,
lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, gastric cancer, lung cancer
(e.g., non-small cell lung cancer), hepatocellular carcinoma,
gastrointestinal stromal tumors (GIST), thyroid cancer,
cholangiocarcinoma, endometrial cancer, renal carcinoma, anaplastic
large cell lymphoma, acute myeloid leukemia (AML), multiple myeloma
or mesothelioma.
[0078] In the present invention, the EGFR in the form of activated
mutant or resistant mutant may be, for example, a L858R activated
mutant, an Exon19 deletion activated mutant and/or a T790M
resistant mutant. Thus, the disease, disturbance, disorder or
condition mediated by EGFR in the form of activated mutant or
resistant mutant can be, for example, the disease, disturbance,
disorder or condition mediated by L85SR activated mutant, Exon19
deletion activated mutant and/or T790M resistant mutant.
[0079] The compounds of formula (I), pharmaceutically acceptable
salt, stereoisomer, prodrug molecule and solvate thereof according
to the invention, or pharmaceutical composition according to the
invention can be particularly used for treating or preventing
disease, disturbance, disorder or condition mediated by EGFR in the
form of activated mutant or resistant mutant, such as a disease,
disturbance, disorder or condition mediated by L858R activated
mutant, Exon19 deletion activated mutant and/or T790M resistant
mutant, and may be used, for example, for preventing or treating a
cancer patient who has been resistant to gefitinib, erlotinib, or
icotinib.
[0080] In a further aspect of the present invention, there is
provided a method of combination therapy for treating cancer,
comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a
therapeutically effective amount of one or more pyrimidine or
pyridine compounds of formula (I), pharmaceutically acceptable
salts, stereoisomers, prodrug molecules and solvates thereof,
according to the invention, or a therapeutically effective amount
of a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention, in
combination with conventional surgical therapy, radiotherapy,
chemotherapy or antitumor immunotherapy.
[0081] The compounds according to the present invention may be
administrated in parallel, concurrently, sequentially, or
separately with the chemotherapy or antitumor immunotherapy. The
chemotherapy or immunotherapy includes, but is not limited to, one
or more of the following types of antitumor agents: alkylating
agent (e.g., carboplatin, oxaliplatin, cisplatin, cyclophosphamide,
nitrosourea, nitrogen mustard, melphalan), antimetabolite (e.g.
gemcitabine), and anti-folic acid agent (e.g., 5-fluorouracil and
tegafur, raltitrexed, methotrexate, cytarabine, hydroxyurea),
topoisomerase inhibitor (e.g., etoposide, topotecan, camptothecin),
anti-mitotic agent (e.g., vincristine, vinblastine, vinorelbine,
paclitaxel, taxotere), anti-tumor antibiotic (e.g., doxorubicin,
bleomycin, doxorubicin, daunomycin, mitomycin C, actinomycin),
antiestrogen drug (e.g., tamoxifen, fulvestrant, toremifene,
raloxifene, droloxifene), anti-androgen drug (e.g., bicalutamide,
flutamide, nilutamide), LHRH antagonist or LHRH agonist (e.g.,
goserelin, leuprolide, and buserelin), aromatase inhibitor (e.g.,
anastrozole, letrozole), CYP17 cleavage enzyme inhibitor (such as
abiraterone), anti erbB2 antibody trastuzumab [Herceptin],
anti-EGFR antibody cetuximab [Erbitux]; inhibitor of tyrosine
kinase, serine/threonine kinases (e.g., imatinib, nilotinib,
sorafenib, trametinib, crizotinib); cyclin-dependent kinase
inhibitor (e.g., CDK4 inhibitor, palbociclib), anti-human vascular
endothelial growth factor antibody of bevacizumab (Avastin) and
VEGF receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitor (apatinib); antitumor
immunotherapy, such as anti-PD-1 antibody (pembrolizumab,
nivolumab), anti-PD-L1 antibody, anti-LAG-3 antibody, anti-CTLA-4
antibody, anti-4-1BB antibody, anti-GITR antibody, anti-ICOS
antibody, interleukin 2.
Advantageous Effects
[0082] The pyrimidine or pyridine compounds of formula (I) of the
present invention show a high inhibitory activity against one or
more of EGFR-activated mutant or resistant mutant and a relatively
low inhibition against a wild-type EGFR. The compounds of the
present invention have a good physicochemical property and
safety/toxicity parameter. Such compounds have a better clinical
effect in the treatment of disease (including cancer) mediated by
EGFR-activated mutant and/or drug-resistant mutant. Compared with
AZD9291, such compounds have no or only a relatively low level of
AZ5104 (a demethylated metabolite of AZD-9291) in animal in vivo
experiments.
EXAMPLES
[0083] The following examples further illustrate the invention, but
these examples are not to limit the scope of the invention.
Example 1
##STR00054##
[0085] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 001-2
##STR00055##
[0086] The intermediate 001-1 (10 g, 84.7 mmol) as the raw material
was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) (500 mL) in a 1000 mL
three-necked flask under nitrogen (N.sub.2) at room temperature,
and then iodine (I.sub.2) (21.5 g, 84.8 mmol) and potassium
hydroxide (KOH) (19 g, 338.6 mmol) were added sequentially,
followed by stirring the reaction overnight at room temperature.
After completion of the reaction, 200 mL of 10% sodium thiosulfate
(Na.sub.2S2O.sub.3) was added to the reaction mixture, and ice
water was used to quench the reaction. The mixture was extracted
three times with 500 mL of ethyl acetate (EA). The organic phases
were combined and washed once with 500 mL of saturated brine
(NaCl), and the organic phases were dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate (Na.sub.2SO.sub.4) and concentrated to give 15.3 g of the
intermediate 001-2 (74%) as an off-white solid. Liquid
Chromatography Mass Spectrometry (LCMS): 245.0.
[0087] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 001-3
##STR00056##
[0088] Sodium hydride (NaH) (0.6 g, 14.8 mmol) was dissolved in 100
mL of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (THF) in a 250 mL three-necked
flask under a nitrogen atmosphere at room temperature. The reaction
solution was cooled to 0.degree. C. with ice brine, and then the
intermediate 001-2 (3.0 g, 12.3 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL of
anhydrous THF and added dropwisely. After the addition was
completed, the temperature was raised to room temperature and the
reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour. Then, the reaction was
cooled to 0.degree. C., methyl iodide (Mel) (2 g, 14.76 mmol) was
added dropwisely, and the reaction was maintained at room
temperature for 3 hours. After the reaction was completed, 200 mL
of ice water was added into the mixture to quench the reaction. The
reaction mixture was extracted three times with 500 mL of EA. The
organic phases were combined and then washed once with 100 mL of
saturated brine. The organic phases were dried over anhydrous
sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified
by chromatography (eluent: ethyl acetate (EA):petroleum ether
(PE)=1:5) to give 2.5 g of the intermediate 001-3 (79%) as an
off-white solid. LCMS: 259.0.
[0089] 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 001-4
##STR00057##
[0090] The intermediate 001-3 (2.5 g, 9.69 mmol) was dissolved in
300 mL of 1,4-dioxane at room temperature in a 500 mL four-necked
flask under nitrogen protection. 1,1,1,2,2,2-hexamethyldistannane
(Me.sub.3SnSnMe.sub.3) (6.0 g, 18.3 mmol) and
tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (Pd(PPh.sub.3).sub.4) (1.1 g,
0.95 mmol) were added sequentially into the reaction mixture. The
temperature was raised to 100.degree. C., and the reaction mixture
was stirred overnight. After the reaction was complete, the
reaction system was cooled to room temperature. 15 mL of a
potassium fluoride (KF) solution (1 M) and 50 mL of EA were added
to quench the reaction and the reaction mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 30 min. The mixture was extracted three times with
100 mL of ethyl acetate and the organic phases were collected. The
organic phases were combined and washed once with 100 mL of
saturated brine. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate and concentrated to dryness to give 930 mg of the
intermediate 001-4 as a yellow oil. LCMS: 297.0.
[0091] 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 001-6
##STR00058##
[0092] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 001-4 (0.93 g,
3.15 mmol) was dissolved in 30 mL of 1,4-dioxane at room
temperature in a 50 mL single-necked flask, and
2,4-dichloropyrimidine (001-5) (0.47 g, 3.15 mmol) and
tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0.3 g, 0.26 mmol) were added
to the reaction mixture. After the temperature was raised to
105.degree. C., the reaction was stirred overnight. After the
reaction was complete, the reaction system was cooled to room
temperature with ice water and the mixture was concentrated to
dryness. The mixture was purified by column chromatography (eluent:
EA:PE=1:10) to give 480 mg of the intermediate 001-6 (62%) as a
yellow oil. LCMS: 245.1.
[0093] 5. Synthesis of Intermediate 001-8
##STR00059##
[0094] The intermediate 001-7 (100 g, 708.5 mmol) and 800 mL of
concentrated sulfuric acid (H.sub.2S4) were added sequentially to a
2000 mL three-necked flask under nitrogen protection and cooled to
0.degree. C., and the reaction temperature was maintained at a
temperature between 0 and 10.degree. C. Potassium nitrate
(KNO.sub.3) (71.6 g, 708.19 mmol) was added in batches for 1 hour,
and then the reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature.
After completion of the reaction, 2 L of ice water was added to the
three-necked flask to quench the reaction. The reaction mixture was
adjusted to pH=10 with aqueous ammonia at low temperature and
extracted three times with 1 L of dichloromethane (DCM). Then, the
organic phases were combined, washed three times with 3 L of
saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
rotovapped. The crude product was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (the used eluent, ethyl acetate (EA) petroleum ether
(PE)=1: 4-1:1) and eluent was rotovapped to give 79 g of the
intermediate 001-8 (yield: 60%) as a yellow solid. LCMS: 187.0.
[0095] 6. Synthesis of Intermediate 001-9
##STR00060##
[0096] The intermediate 001-6 (480 mg, 1.96 mmol) was dissolved in
50 mL of isopropanol (i-PrOH) at room temperature in a 100 mL
single-necked flask, and 001-8 (365 mg, 1.96 mmol) and
p-toluenesulfonic acid (TsOH) (406 mg, 2.36 mmol) were added
sequentially. The reaction was carried out at 85.degree. C.
overnight. After the reaction was completed, the reaction system
was cooled to room temperature with ice water and a solid was
precipitated. The mixture was filtered and the solid was collected
and washed twice with 15 mL of isopropanol. The resulting solid was
dried to give 450 mg of the intermediate 001-9 (58%) as yellow
solid. LCMS: 395.1.
[0097] 7. Synthesis of Intermediate 001-11
##STR00061##
[0098] The intermediate 001-9 (100 mg, 0.25 mmol) was dissolved in
N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) (25 mL) in a 50 mL single-necked flask,
and 1,1,4-N-trimethyl ethylenediamine (001-10) (33.7 mg, 0.33 mmol)
and potassium carbonate (K.sub.2CO.sub.3) (103.5 mg, 0.75 mmol)
were added sequentially. The temperature was raised to 85.degree.
C. for 2 h. After the reaction was complete, the mixture was cooled
to room temperature. 70 mL of water was added to dilute the mixture
and a solid was precipitated. The mixture was filtered, and the
solid was collected and washed with 15 mL of water three times and
dried to give 180 mg of crude product. LCMS: 477.2.
[0099] 8. Synthesis of Intermediate 001-12
##STR00062##
[0100] In a 100 mL single-necked flask, the intermediate 001-11
(180 mg, 0.38 mmol) was dissolved in 30 mL of anhydrous methanol
(MeOH) and palladium on carbon (Pd/C) containing water (180 mg, 5%
Pd), and ammonium formate (HCOONH.sub.4) (180 mg) sequentially. The
reaction was carried out at room temperature for 2.5 h. After the
reaction was completed, the mixture was filtered, the filtrate was
rotovapped and the mixture was dissolved in 40 mL of DCM. The
mixture was washed three times with 40 mL of saturated brine. The
organic phases were combined, dried over sodium sulfate, and
rotovapped to give 157 mg of the intermediate 001-12 (93%) as a
yellow solid. LCMS: 447.3.
[0101] 9. Synthesis of Compound 1
##STR00063##
[0102] Compound 001-12 (157 mg, 0.32 mmol) was dissolved in 25 mL
of anhydrous THF in a 100 mL three-necked flask and
diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) (90.3 mg, 0.7 mmol) was added. The
reaction system was cooled to 0.degree. C. with ice water and
acryloyl chloride (31.7 mg, 0.35 mmol) was added. The reaction
mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. After the
reaction was completed, the reaction was quenched by addition of 2
drops of water to the reaction system, the mixture was concentrated
to dryness, and the residue was purified by Prep-HPLC (column:
Waters Sunfire C18, 19.times.150 mm, 5 m; flow phase: acetonitrile
(CH.sub.3CN)/water (H.sub.2O) (0.1% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA));
15% acetonitrile to 35% acetonitrile; 7 min; 15 mL/min; detection
wavelength: 254 nm). The product fractions were collected and
concentrated to remove most of the acetonitrile. An aqueous
saturated sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO.sub.3) solution was used to
adjust the pH of the reaction system to 9 to 10 and then extracted
twice with 100 mL of DCM. The organic phases were combined and
dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate to give the compound 1. LCMS:
501.3.
##STR00064##
[0103] Compound 1 was dissolved in 10 mL of 0.1 N of hydrochloric
acid (H) and freeze dried to give 4 mg of the hydrochloride of
compound 1 (1.(HCl).sub.n) (2%) as a yellow solid. LCMS (parent
molecule) C.sub.27H.sub.32N.sub.8O.sub.2: (ES, m/z): 501
[M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR: (D.sub.2O, 300 MHz, ppm):
.delta.7.98-7.96 (m, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 7.74-7.72 (m, 1H),
7.39-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.15-7.13 (m, 1H), 6.95 (s, 2H), 6.58-6.49 (m,
1H), 6.30-6.24 (m, 1H), 5.88-5.84 (m, 1H), 3.88-3.81 (m, 6H),
3.41-3.36 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.17 (m, 2H), 2.80 (s, 6H), 2.75 (s,
3H).
Example 2
##STR00065##
[0105] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 002-2
##STR00066##
[0106] The intermediate 001-5 (5.0 g, 33.6 mmol) was dissolved in
100 mL of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran in a 250 mL three-necked flask
at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere, and the
intermediate 002-1 (3.0 g, 25.2 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine
(DIPEA) (8.6 g, 66.5 mmol) were added to the reaction system
sequentially. The temperature was raised to 70.degree. C. and the
reaction was stirred overnight. After the reaction was completed
the next day, the reaction temperature was cooled to room
temperature and the reaction solution was concentrated. The crude
product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent:
PE/EA=50: 1-5:1), the product was collected to give 2.4 g of the
intermediate 002-2 (31%) as a yellow solid. LCMS: 232.0.
[0107] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 002-3
##STR00067##
[0108] The intermediate 002-2 (2.4 g, 10.4 mmol) was dissolved in
20 mL of isopropanol a 100 mL three-necked flask at room
temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere, and the intermediate 001-8
(1.92 g, 10.3 mmol) and toluenesulfonic acid (TsOH) (2.14 g, 12.4
mmol) were added to the reaction system sequentially. The
temperature was raised to 105.degree. C. and stirred for overnight.
After the reaction was completed the next day, the reaction mixture
was cooled to room temperature and a solid was precipitated. The
solid was filtered by suction, and the filter cake was collected
and sequentially washed with 10 mL of isopropyl alcohol and 10 mL
of acetonitrile once, and then dried to give 1.4 g of the
intermediate 002-3 (35%) as a yellow solid. LCMS: 382.1.
[0109] 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 002-4
##STR00068##
[0110] The intermediate 002-3 (1.0 g, 2.62 mmol) was dissolved in
N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) (20 mL) in a 50 mL single-necked flask at
room temperature, and the intermediate 001-10 (280 mg, 2.74 mmol)
and potassium carbonate (K.sub.2CO.sub.3) (720 mg, 5.17 mmol) were
added sequentially. The temperature was raised to 105.degree. C.
and stirred for 2 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction
solution was poured into 50 mL of ice water to quench the reaction.
The mixture was extracted three times with 100 mL of ethyl acetate.
The organic phases were combined and washed once with 100 mL of
saturated brine. The organic phases were dried over anhydrous
sodium sulfate and concentrated to give 1.8 g of crude product
002-4 as a red oil. LCMS: 464.2.
[0111] 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 002-5
##STR00069##
[0112] The intermediate 002-4 (1.8 g, 3.88 mmol) was dissolved in
200 mL of anhydrous methanol in a 50 mL single-necked flask at room
temperature, and then palladium on carbon containing water (Pd/C)
(1.0 g, 5% Pd) and ammonium formate (5.0 g, 79.3 mmol) were
sequentially added to the reaction mixture. Then, the reaction was
carried out at room temperature for 2 hours. After the reaction was
completed, the reaction mixture was filtered to remove Pd/C, and
the filtrate was collected and concentrated. The crude product was
purified through silica gel column chromatography (eluent:
DCM/MeOH=50:1-5:1). The product was collected and concentrated to
give 810 mg of the intermediate 002-5 (48%) as a red oil. LCMS:
434.2.
[0113] 5. Synthesis of Compound 2
##STR00070##
[0114] The intermediate 002-5 (150 mg, 0.35 mmol) was dissolved in
8 mL of anhydrous THF in a 50 mL three-necked flask at room
temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere, and DIPEA (89.2 mg, 0.69
mmol) was added and the reaction was cooled to 0.degree. C. 2.0 mL
of a solution of acryloyl chloride (001-13) (28.2 mg, 0.31 mmol) in
THF was added dropwisely to the reaction mixture at 0.degree. C.,
and the reaction was carried out at 0.degree. C. for 10 minutes.
After the reaction was completed, the reaction system was
concentrated directly. The crude product was purified by silica gel
column chromatography (eluent: DCM/MeOH=20:1-5:1). The resulting
product was collected and concentrated to give compound 2.
##STR00071##
[0115] The compound 2 was re-dissolved in 3 mL of acetonitrile, and
methanesulfonic acid (MeSO.sub.3H, or MsOH) (100 mg, 1.04 mmol) was
added dropwisely at room temperature. After the reaction was
stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, a solid was precipitated.
The solid was filtered by suction, and then filter cake was
collected, washed twice with 5 mL acetonitrile, frozen and dried to
give 35.3 mg of methanesulfonate of compound 2 (13%) as a yellow
solid.
[0116] LCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.25H.sub.29N.sub.9O.sub.2: (ES,
m/z): 488 [M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR: (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm)
.delta. 9.56 (s, 1H), 9.25-9.21 (m, 2H), 8.61-8.60 (d, J=5.4 Hz,
1H), 8.55-8.46 (m, 1H), 8.23-8.15 (m, 2H), 7.60-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.05
(s, 1H), 6.71-6.62 (m, 1H), 6.31-6.30 (m, 2H), 5.80-5.77 (m, 1H),
3.87 (s, 3H), 3.34-3.31 (m, 4H), 2.84-2.82 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 6H), 2.77
(s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 9H).
Example 3
##STR00072##
[0118] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 003-2
##STR00073##
[0119] The intermediate 003-1 (3.0 g, 25.6 mmol) was dissolved in
150 mL of TH Fin a 500 mL of three-necked flask at room temperature
under a nitrogen atmosphere, and the reaction was cooled to
0.degree. C. Sodium hydride (NaH) (1.5 g, 40.3 mmol, 65%, stored in
mineral oil) was added in batches to the reaction mixture at
0.degree. C. After the reaction was carried out for 20 minutes,
compound 001-5 was added into the reaction mixture at 0.degree. C.
and the reaction was maintained for 2 hours. After the reaction was
complete, the reaction was quenched with 200 mL of ice water and
the reaction system was extracted three times with 200 mL of ethyl
acetate. The organic phases were combined and washed once with 200
mL of saturated brine. The organic phases were dried over anhydrous
sodium sulfate and concentrated to dryness. Crude product was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent:
EA/PE=1:50-1:5) to give 3.5 g of intermediate 003-2 (38%) of a
yellow solid. LCMS: 230.0.
[0120] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 003-3
##STR00074##
[0121] The intermediate 003-2 (3.5 g, 15.2 mmol) was dissolved in
20 mL of isopropanol in a 100 mL of single-necked flask at room
temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere, and the intermediate 001-8
(2.84 g, 15.3 mmol) and TsOH (3.15 g, 18.3 mmol) were added to the
reaction mixture. The reaction temperature was raised to
105.degree. C. and the reaction was maintained overnight with
stirring. After the reaction was completed the next day, the
reaction system was cooled to room temperature and a solid was
precipitated. The reaction mixture was filtered, and filter cake
was collected and sequentially washed with 10 mL of isopropyl
alcohol and 10 mL of acetonitrile once, and then dried to give 1.5
g of the intermediate 003-3 (26%) as a yellow solid. LCMS:
380.1.
[0122] 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 003-4
##STR00075##
[0123] The intermediate 003-3 (1.5 g, 3.95 mmol) was dissolved in
NMP (20 mL) in a 50 mL single-necked flask at room temperature, and
the intermediate 001-10 (410 mg, 4.01 mmol) and K.sub.2C03 (1.1 g,
7.90 mmol) were added into the reaction mixture. The temperature
was raised to 105.degree. C. and stirred for 2 h. After the
reaction was completed, 50 mL of ice water was used to quench the
reaction. The mixture was extracted three times with 100 mL of
ethyl acetate. The organic phases were combined and washed once
with 100 mL of saturated brine. The organic phases were dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to give 0.6 g of compound
003-4 (33%) as a red oil. LCMS: 462.2.
[0124] 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 003-5
##STR00076##
[0125] The intermediate 003-4 (600 mg, 1.30 mmol) was dissolved in
100 mL of anhydrous methanol in a 50 mL single-necked flask at room
temperature, and then palladium on carbon containing water (Pd/C)
(0.5 g, 5% Pd) and ammonium formate (2.0 g, 31.7 mmol) were added
to the reaction mixture. Then, the reaction was carried out at room
temperature for 2 hours and checked that the reaction was
completed. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was
collected and concentrated to dryness. The crude product was
purified through silica gel column chromatography (eluent:
DCM/MeOH=50:1-5:1) to give 200 mg of the intermediate 003-5 (35%)
as a yellow oil. LCMS: 432.2.
[0126] 5. Synthesis of Compound 3
##STR00077##
[0127] The intermediate 003-5 (110 mg, 0.25 mmol) was dissolved in
THF (20 mL) in three-necked flask at room temperature under a
nitrogen atmosphere, and DIPEA (65.8 mg, 0.51 mmol) was added into
the reaction mixture and the reaction was cooled to 0.degree. C. A
solution of acryloyl chloride (23.1 mg, 0.26 mmol) in THF was added
dropwisely to the reaction mixture at 0.degree. C., and the
reaction was carried out at 0.degree. C. for 10 minutes. The
reaction mixture was concentrated, and the crude product was
purified through silica gel column chromatography (eluent:
DCM/MeOH=50:1-5:1) to give compound 3.
##STR00078##
[0128] The product 3 was dissolved in 3 mL of acetonitrile, and
methanesulfonic acid (73.4 mg, 0.76 mmol) was added dropwisely at
room temperature and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours to
precipitate a solid. After filtration, the filter cake was
collected and washed twice with 5 mL of acetonitrile. After drying,
80 mg of compound 3 methanesulfonate (46%) was obtained as a yellow
solid. LCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.27H.sub.31N.sub.7O.sub.2: (ES,
m/z): [M+H].sup.+=486.
[0129] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm): .delta. 9.50 (s,
2H), 9.27 (s, 1H), 8.47-8.43 (d, J=12.9 Hz, 1H), 8.19-8.18 (m, 2H),
7.64-7.61 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.13 (m, 2H), 7.08 (s,
1H), 6.89 (s, 2H), 6.73-6.67 (m, 1H), 6.30-6.24 (m, 1H), 5.80-5.76
(m, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.35 (s, 4H), 2.84 (s, 6H), 2.73 (s, 3H),
2.37 (s, 6H).
Example 4
##STR00079##
[0131] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 004-2
##STR00080##
[0132] The intermediate 001-5 (3.0 g, 22.9 mmol) was dissolved in
150 mL of anhydrous THF in a 500 mL three-necked flask at room
temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere, and the reaction was
cooled to 0.degree. C. NaH (65%, dispersed in mineral oil) (1.5 g,
22.9 mmol) was added in batches to the reaction mixture at
0.degree. C. After the reaction was carried out for 20 minutes,
compound 004-1 (6.0 g, 40.3 mmol) was added at 0.degree. C. and the
reaction was maintained for 2 hours. After the reaction was
complete, the reaction mixture was slowly poured into a 200 mL of
ice water to quench the reaction and was extracted with 200 mL of
ethyl acetate three times. The organic phases were combined and
washed once with 100 mL of saturated brine, dried over anhydrous
sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The crude product was purified
through silica gel column chromatography (eluent: PE/EA=50/1-5/1)
to give 3.5 g of intermediate 004-2 (36%) as a yellow solid. LCMS:
244.1.
[0133] 2. Synthesis of Compound 4
##STR00081## ##STR00082##
[0134] The reactions from intermediate 004-2 to compound 4 and
methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 4 were completely the
same as those from the second step to the fifth step in Example 3.
Finally, 26.8 mg of methanesulfonate of compound 4 was obtained as
a yellow solid. LCMS (parent molecule):
C.sub.28H.sub.33N.sub.7O.sub.2 (ES, m/z): [M+H].sup.+=500.
.sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm) .delta. 9.65 (s, 1H), 9.25
(s, 1H), 8.40-8.32 (m, 2H), 8.19 (m, 1H), 7.64-7.61 (m, 1H),
7.25-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.13 (m, 3H), 7.08 (s, 1H), 6.73-6.64 (s,
1H), 6.30-6.24 (m, 1H), 5.81-5.77 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H),
3.34 (s, 4H), 2.84 (s, 6H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 10H), 2.23 (s,
3H).
Example 5
##STR00083##
[0136] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 005-2
##STR00084##
[0137] The intermediate 001-5 (3.0 g, 25.2 mmol) was dissolved in
150 mL of anhydrous THE in a 500 mL three-necked flask at room
temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere, and the reaction was
cooled to 0.degree. C. NaH (65%, dispersed in mineral oil) was
added in batches to the reaction mixture at 0.degree. C. After the
reaction was carried out for 20 minutes, compound 001-5 was added
at 0.degree. C. and the reaction was maintained for 2 hours. After
the reaction was complete, the reaction mixture was poured into a
1.2 L of ice water to quench the reaction and was extracted with
200 mL of ethyl acetate three times. The organic phases were
combined and washed once with 200 mL of saturated brine and dried
over anhydrous sodium sulfate, then subjected to rotary
evaporation. The crude product was purified through silica gel
column chromatography (eluent: PE/EA=50/1-5/1) to give 3.8 g of
intermediate 005-2 (41%) as a yellow solid. LCMS: 230.0.
[0138] 2. Synthesis of Compound 5
##STR00085## ##STR00086##
[0139] The reactions from intermediate 005-2 to compound 5 and
methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 5 were completely the
same as those from the second step to the fifth step in Example 3.
Finally, 131.6 mg of methanesulfonate of compound 5 was obtained as
a yellow solid. LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.27H.sub.33N.sub.7O.sub.2: (ES, m/z): [M+H].sup.+=488.
.sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm): .delta. 9.94 (s, 1H),
9.52 (s, 2H), 8.08 (s, 3H), 7.32-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.05 (m, 2H),
6.82-6.73 (m, 1H), 6.56-6.54 (m, 1H), 6.26-6.21 (m, 1H), 5.77-5.73
(m, 1H), 4.23-4.18 (m, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.48-3.41 (m, 4H),
3.26-3.17 (m, 2H), 2.83 (s, 6H), 2.68 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 9H).
Example 6
##STR00087##
[0141] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 006-2
##STR00088##
[0142] The intermediate 001-5 (1.3 g, 8.73 mmol), 13 mL of DME,
FeCl.sub.3 (1.414 g, 8.72 mmol) and the intermediate 006-1 (974 mg,
7.43 mmol) were added sequentially to a 100 mL three-necked flask
under nitrogen atmosphere, and the reaction mixture was in an oil
bath at 64.degree. C. overnight. After the reaction was completed,
the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered.
The filter cake was washed three times with 20 mL of methanol and
the organic phases were combined, concentrated to dryness and 1.0 g
of intermediate 006-2 (47%) was obtained as a yellow solid. LCMS:
244.1.
[0143] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 006-4
##STR00089##
[0144] The intermediate 006-3 (100 g, 708.5 mmol) and 800 mL
concentrated sulfuric acid (H.sub.2SO.sub.4) were sequentially
added to a 2000 mL three-necked flask under nitrogen atmosphere,
and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0.degree. C. Potassium
nitrate (KNO.sub.3) (71.6 g, 708.2 mmol) was added in batches at
0-10.degree. C. for 1 h and then the reaction was maintained at
room temperature for overnight. After the reaction was complete,
2000 mL of ice water was added to quench the reaction. The reaction
mixture was adjusted to pH 10 with aqueous ammonia at low
temperature and extracted three times with 1 L of dichloromethane
(DCM). Then, the organic phases were combined, washed three times
with 3 L saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
then subjected to rotary evaporation. The crude product was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent, ethyl acetate
(EA):petroleum ether (PE)=1:4-1:1) and eluent was concentrated to
give 79 g of the intermediate 006-4 (60%) as a yellow solid. LCMS:
187.0.
[0145] 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 006-5
##STR00090##
[0146] The intermediates 006-2 (75 mg, 307.8 mmol) and 006-4 (57.4
g, 308.4 mmol), 975 mL of isopropyl alcohol, and p-toluenesulfonic
acid (63.7 g, 369.9 mmol) were sequentially added into a 2 L
four-necked flask under nitrogen atmosphere, and the reaction was
heated and maintained at 105.degree. C. for 5 h. The reaction
mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered, and the filter
cake was washed with 750 mL of isopropanol three times. The filter
cake was washed three times with 750 mL of acetonitrile and dried
to give 75 g of the intermediate 006-5 (62%) as a yellow solid.
LC-MS: 394.1.
[0147] 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 006-7
##STR00091##
[0148] The intermediates 006-5 (500 mg, 1.27 mmol) and 006-6 (147
mg, 1.65 mmol) and K.sub.2CO.sub.3 (526 mg, 3.81 mmol) were added
into a 50 mL single-necked flask, and NMP (20 mL) was added thereto
at room temperature. Under nitrogen protection, the oil bath was
heated to 100.degree. C. After 2 h of reaction, the mixture was
cooled to room temperature. The reaction solution was dropped into
100 mL of a mixture of ice and water, and filtered by suction. The
filter cake was collected, was washed three times with 50 mL water
and dried to give 430 mg of the intermediate 006-7 (68%) as a red
solid. LC-MS: 463.2.
[0149] 5. Synthesis of Intermediate 006-8
##STR00092##
[0150] DCM MeOH=1:1 (20 mL) was added to a 250 mL single-necked
flask at room temperature, followed by addition of the intermediate
006-7 (400 mg, 0.86 mmol), ammonium formate (400 mg, 6.34 mmol) and
palladium on carbon containing water (400 mg, 5% Pd). The reaction
was carried out at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture
was filtered, and the filtrate was collected and subjected to
rotary evaporation to give a crude product which was purified by
silica gel column chromatography (eluent: DCM) to give 350 mg of
the intermediate 006-8 (94%) as a pale red solid. LC-MS: 433.2.
[0151] 6. Synthesis of Final Product 6
##STR00093##
[0152] Anhydrous ethanol (20 mL) was added into a 100 mL
three-necked flask at room temperature, and then the intermediate
006-8 (340 mg, 0.787 mmol) and DIPEA (203 mg, 1.57 mmol) were
added. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0.degree. C. in an
ice-water bath followed by dropping acryloyl chloride (70 mg, 0.787
mmol). The reaction was carried out at 0.degree. C. for 2 h, and
then was quenched by adding 2 mL of water. The reaction mixture was
subjected to rotary evaporation to give a crude product which was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent:
DCM:MeOH=30:1). Eluent was concentrated to give compound 6.
##STR00094##
[0153] The product 6 was dissolved in 4 mL of acetonitrile. Excess
of concentrated hydrochloric acid was added dropwisely and the
resulting mixture was concentrate directly. The crude was subjected
to freeze drying to give 26.3 mg of hydrochloride of the product 6
(6%) as a yellow solid. LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.27H.sub.30N.sub.6O.sub.3 (ES, m/z): [M+H]+=487. .sup.1H-NMR
(300 MHz, D.sub.2O, ppm) .delta. 3.13 (s, 3H), 3.21 (s, 3H),
3.32-378 (m, 7H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 5.87-5.90 (d, J=11.4 Hz, 1H),
6.32-6.41 (m, 2H), 6.74-6.77 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 6.91-6.94 (m, 1H),
7.13-7.27 (m, 3H), 7.57-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.99 (s,
1H).
Example 7
##STR00095##
[0155] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 007-2
##STR00096##
[0156] The intermediate 006-5 (100 mg, 1.78 mmol), NMP (30 mL),
potassium carbonate (0.5 g, 3.56 mmol) and the intermediate 007-1
(0.268 g, 2.31 mmol) were added into a 100 mL single-necked flask
and the reaction was carried out at 100.degree. C. for 2 h. The
reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature followed by
addition of 70 mL of water to quench the reaction. A solid was
precipitated and undergone a sucking filtration, and the filter
cake was collected and washed with 20 mL of water 3 times and then
dried to give 600 mg of the intermediate 007-2 (69%) as a red
solid. LC-MS: 490.2.
[0157] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 007-3
##STR00097##
[0158] The intermediate 007-2 (600 mg, 1.22 mmol), anhydrous
methanol (100 mL), palladium on carbon containing water (600 mg, 5%
Pd) and ammonium formate (600 mg) were added into a 250 mL
single-necked flask sequentially. After the reaction was stirred
for 3 h, the reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was
collected and subjected to rotary evaporation. The crude product
was dissolved with 150 mL of DCM, and then washed with 50 mL of
saturated brine solution. The organic phases were dried over sodium
sulfate and concentrated to give 400 mg of the intermediate 007-3
(71%) as a pale yellow solid. LC-MS: 460.3.
[0159] 3. Synthesis of Compound 7
##STR00098##
[0160] The intermediate 007-3 (400 mL, 0.871 mmol), anhydrous THF
(40 mL) and DIPEA (0.224 g, 1.74 mmol) were sequentially added into
a 100 mL three-necked flask at room temperature, then the reaction
mixture was cooled to 0.degree. C. and the intermediate 001-13 (78
mg, 0.871 mmol) was added thereto. The reaction temperature was
raised to room temperature and the reaction was stirred for 30 min.
After adding 3 drops of water, the system was directly subjected to
rotary evaporation and the crude product was purified by prep-HPLC
(column, Waters Sunfire C18, 19.times.150 mm, 5 um; flow phase,
acetonitrile/water (0.1% trifluoroacetic acid (TFA)), 15% to 35%, 7
min; flow rate 20 mL/min; detection wavelength, 254 nm). The
product was collected and concentrated to give the compound 7.
##STR00099##
[0161] The compound 7 was dissolved in 15 mL of acetonitrile, and
methanesulfonic acid (35 mg, 2.6 mmol) was added. After stirring
for 2 h at room temperature, a solid was precipitated and the
mixture was filtered by suction. The solid cake was collected and
dried to give 49.8 mg of sulfonate of the compound 7 (7%) as a
yellow solid. LCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.29H.sub.35N.sub.7O.sub.2
(ES, m/z) [M+1].sup.+: 514. H-NMR (D.sub.2O, 300 MHz, ppm) .delta.
1.15-1.20 (m, 3H), 2.68-2.79 (m, 16H), 3.11-3.18 (m, 3H), 3.33-3.38
(m, 5H), 3.84 (s, 5H), 5.87-5.91 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 6.25-6.31 (d,
J=16.8 Hz, 1H), 6.54-6.60 (m, 2H), 6.97 (s, 2H), 7.13 (m, 2H), 7.32
(m, 1H), 7.78 (m, 2H).
Example 8
##STR00100##
[0163] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 008-2
##STR00101##
[0164] The intermediates 006-5 (1.0 g, 2.54 mmol) and 008-1 (0.430
mg, 3.31 mmol) and K.sub.2C3 (1.05 g, 7.63 mmol) were sequentially
added into a 50 mL single-necked flask, and NMP (20 mL) was added
thereto at room temperature. Under nitrogen protection, it was
heated to 100.degree. C. in oil bath. After 2 h of reaction, the
mixture was cooled to room temperature. The reaction solution was
dropped into 100 mL of a mixture of ice and water, and filtered by
suction. The filter cake was collected, washed three times with 50
mL water and dried to give 0.8 g of the crude product 008-2 as a
red solid.
[0165] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 008-3
##STR00102##
[0166] DCM/MeOH (1:1, 20 mL) was added to a 250 mL single-necked
flask at room temperature, followed by the addition of the
intermediate 008-2 (800 mg, 2.38 mmol), ammonium formate (800 mg,
12.7 mmol) and palladium on carbon containing water (0.800 g, 5%
Pd). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h.
The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was collected
and subjected to rotary evaporation to give a crude product which
was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent:
DCM/MeOH=30:1). Eluents were combined and concentrated to give
0.650 g of the intermediate 008-3 (86%) as a pale red solid.
[0167] 3. Synthesis of Compound 8
##STR00103##
[0168] Anhydrous ethanol (20 mL) was added into a 100 mL
three-necked flask at room temperature, and then the intermediate
008-3 (300 mg, 0.63 mmol) and DIPEA (163 mg, 1.27 mmol) were added
thereto. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0.degree. C. in an
ice-water bath followed by addition of a solution of acryloyl
chloride (56 mg, 0.6 mmol) in 2 mL of anhydrous THF. The reaction
was stirred at 0.degree. C. for 1 h, and then was quenched by
adding 2 mL of water. The reaction mixture was subjected to rotary
evaporation to give a crude product which was purified by silica
gel column chromatography (eluent: DCM/MeOH=30:1). Eluents were
combined and concentrated to give compound 8.
##STR00104##
[0169] The compound 8 was dissolved in 4 mL of anhydrous
acetonitrile, and a solution of methanesulfonic acid (65.6 mg, 6.8
mmol) was added dropwisely. After the reaction was carried out for
2 h at room temperature, a yellow solid was precipitated and the
mixture was filtered by suction. The solid cake was collected and
dried to give 53 mg of sulfonate of the compound 8 (7%) as a yellow
solid. LCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.30H.sub.37N.sub.7O.sub.2 (ES,
m/z): [M+H].sup.+=528. .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm)
.delta. 9.85-9.86 (m, 1H), 9.55-9.64 (m, 1H), 8.73 (s, 1H), 8.26
(s, 3H), 7.57-7.60 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.28
(m, 1H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 6.82-6.95 (m, 1H), 6.29 (s, 1H), 5.75-5.79
(d, J=12.3 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.27 (m, 4H), 3.15
(m, 4H), 2.69 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 1.17-1.22 (m, 6H).
Example 9
##STR00105##
[0171] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 009-2
##STR00106##
[0172] The intermediate 006-5 (1.0 g, 2.54 mmol), 009-1 (0.383 g,
3.31 mmol) and K.sub.2C03 (1.05 g, 7.63 mmol) were added to a 50 mL
single-necked flask at room temperature, followed by that NMP
solvent (20 mL) was added. The temperature of oil bath was raised
to 100.degree. C. for 2h. The reaction was cooled to room
temperature and the reaction mixture was dropped into 100 mL of
mixture contain ice and water. The reaction mixture undergone a
sucking filtration and the filter cake was collected. The filter
cake was washed with 50 mL of water 3 times and dried to give 650
mg of compound 009-2 (35%) as a red solid. LC-MS: 490.3.
[0173] 2. Synthesis of Compound 9
##STR00107##
[0174] The chemical reactions from intermediate 009-2 to compound 9
and methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 9 were completely the
same as those from the second step to the third step in Example 8.
Finally, 29.3 mg of methanesulfonate of compound 9 (13%) was
obtained as a yellow solid. LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.29H.sub.35N.sub.7O.sub.2 (ES, m/z): (ES, m/z):
[M+H].sup.+=514. .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm) .delta.
0.95-1.00 (m, 3H), 2.27-2.34 (m, 6H), 2.81-2.82 (m, 6H), 3.0-3.07
(m, 2H), 3.23-3.31 (m, 2H), 3.35-3.42 (m, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.93
(s, 3H), 5.80 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H), 6.27-6.32 (d, J=17.1 Hz, 1H),
6.69-6.78 (m, 1H), 7.08 (s, 1H), 7.14-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.27-7.33 (m,
1H), 7.41-7.43 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.58-7.61 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),
8.25-8.29 (m, 1H), 8.79 (s, 1H), 9.42-9.43 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 1H).
Example 10
##STR00108##
[0176] 1. Synthesis of Compound 10
##STR00109##
[0177] The reaction steps and conditions for synthesizing compound
10 and methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 10 were completely
the same as those from the first step to the third step in Example
8, except that the intermediate 008-1 as a raw material in the
first step of the example 8 was replaced with the intermediate
010-1 in the first step. Finally, 64 mg of methanesulfonate of
compound 10 was obtained as a yellow solid. LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.27H.sub.3N.sub.6O.sub.4S (ES, m/z): (ES, m/z): 535
[M+1].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR (DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm) .delta. 2.34 (s, 9H),
2.74 (s, 3H), 3.06 (s, 3H), 3.48-3.29 (m, 4H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.94
(s, 3H), 5.76-5.72 (m, 1H), 6.24-6.18 (m, 1H), 6.66-6.57 (m, 1H),
7.29-7.15 (m, 2H), 7.42-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.44-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.62-7.59
(m, 1H), 8.40-8.20 (m, 2H), 8.48-8.40 (m, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 9.34
(s, 1H), 10.14 (s, 1H).
Example 11
##STR00110##
[0179] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 011-3
##STR00111##
[0180] The reaction steps and conditions for synthesizing compound
011-3 were completely the same as those from the first step to the
second step in Example 8, except that the intermediate 008-1 as a
raw material in the first step of the example 8 was replaced with
the intermediate 010-1 in the first step. Finally, compound 011-3
was obtained as a red solid.
[0181] 2. Synthesis of Compound 11
##STR00112##
[0182] THF (20 mL), H.sub.2O (2 mL), intermediate 011-3 (200 mg,
0.44 mmol) were sequentially added into a 250 mL single-necked
flask at room temperature. The reaction system was cooled to
0.degree. C., followed by the addition of 3-chloropropionyl
chloride (66.7 mg, 0.53 mmol). After the reaction temperature was
raised to the room temperature, the reaction was stirred for 1 h
and was extracted twice with 50 mL of EA. The organic phases were
collected, and then washed once with 30 mL of sodium bicarbonate
(NaHCO.sub.3) and washed twice with 40 mL of saturated salt water.
After concentrated to dryness, the organic phases were dissolved in
a 250 mL single-necked flask and triethylamine (Et.sub.3N) (132 mg,
1.30 mmol) was added thereto. Then, the reaction system was heated
to reflux for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled and concentrated
to remove acetonitrile, and finally the crude product was purified
by prep-HPLC: (column, Waters X-Bridge RP18, 19.times.150 mm, Sum;
eluent: phase A: water (0.05% TFA), phase B: acetonitrile; elution
gradient: 15% B-45% B, 7 min; flow rate 20 mL/min; detection
wavelength, 254 nm). The product was collected and concentrated to
remove the most of acetonitrile, and then freeze-dried to give 20
mg of compound 11.
##STR00113##
[0183] The product 11 (20 mg) was dissolved in acetonitrile (2 mL),
and a solution (2 mL) of methanesulfonic acid (75.0 mg) in
acetonitrile was added dropwisely thereto. After the reaction
mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, a yellow solid was
precipitated. The reaction mixture underwent a sucking filtration,
and the filter cake was collected and re-dissolved with distilled
water and freeze dried to give 23.1 mg of methanesulfonate of
compound 11 as a yellow solid. LCMSLCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.29H.sub.33N.sub.72 (ES, m/z): (ES, m/z): 512 [M+H].sup.+.
.sup.1H-NMR: (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm) .delta. 2.32 (s, 6H),
2.63 (s, 3H), 3.18-3.20 (m, 2H), 3.37-3.39 (m, 2H), 3.87-3.92 (s,
3H), 3.95-3.98 (s, 3H), 4.05-4.14 (m, 4H), 5.81-5.84 (d, J=9 Hz,
1H), 6.30-6.35 (d, J=17.1 Hz, 1H), 6.72-6.31 (m, 1H), 7.01 (s, 1H),
7.15-7.17 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.56-7.59 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),
8.28 (br s, 2H), 8.51 (br s, 1H), 8.68 (br s, 1H), 9.50 (br s, 1H),
9.70-9.73 (m, 1H).
Example 12
##STR00114##
[0185] 1. Synthesis of Compound 12
##STR00115##
[0186] The reaction steps and conditions for synthesizing compound
12 and the methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.2 of compound 12 were
completely the same as those from the first step to the third step
in Example 7, except that the intermediate 007-1 as a raw material
in the first step of the example 7 was replaced with the
intermediate 012-1 in the first step. Finally, 180 mg of
methanesulfonate of compound 12 was obtained as a yellow solid.
LCMSLCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.30H.sub.35N.sub.7O.sub.2 (ES,
m/z): 526 [M+1].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR: (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm)
.delta. 1.91-2.01 (m, 4H), 2.33 (s, 7H), 2.73-2.71 (m, 3H),
3.01-3.08 (m, 2H), 3.57-3.35 (m, 5H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.93 (s, 3H),
5.83-5.79 (m, 1H), 6.30-6.24 (m, 1H), 6.73-6.65 (m, 1H), 7.01 (s,
1H), 7.19-7.17 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.61-7.58 (m, 1H),
8.30-8.23 (m, 3H), 8.76 (s, 1H), 9.41 (s, 1H), 9.63 (s, 1H).
Example 13
##STR00116##
[0188] 1. Synthesis of Compound 13
##STR00117##
[0189] The reaction steps and conditions for synthesizing compound
13 and methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.2 of compound 13 were completely
the same as those from the first step to the third step in Example
8, except that the intermediate 008-1 as a raw material in the
first step of the example 8 was replaced with the intermediate
013-1 in the first step. Finally, 97.5 mg of methanesulfonate
(MsOH).sub.2 of compound 13 was obtained as a yellow solid.
LCMSLCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.30H.sub.35N.sub.7O.sub.2(ES, m/z):
[M+H].sup.+=526. .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm) .delta.
2.00-2.15 (m, 4H), 2.498 (m, 6H), 2.74-2.81 (m, 6H), 2.87 (s, 1H),
3.12-3.43 (m, 4H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 5.73-5.77 (d, J=11.4
Hz, 1H), 6.20-6.26 (m, 1H), 6.70-6.79 (m, 1H), 6.97 (s, 1H),
7.19-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.44 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 1H),
7.59-7.62 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 8.23 (s, 3H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 9.21 (s,
1H), 10.40 (s, 1H), 10.43 (s, 1H).
Example 14
##STR00118##
[0191] 1. Synthesis of Compound 14
##STR00119##
[0192] The reaction steps and conditions for synthesizing compound
14 and methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 14 were completely
the same as those from the first step to the third step in Example
8, except that the intermediate 008-1 as a raw material in the
first step of the example 8 was replaced with the intermediate
014-1 in the first step. Finally, 0.125 g of methanesulfonate
(MsOH).sub.2 of compound 14 was obtained as a yellow solid.
LCMSLCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.31H.sub.35N.sub.7O.sub.2(ES, m/z):
[M+H].sup.+=538. .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm) .delta.
10.01 (m, 2H), 9.19 (s, 1H), 8.82 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 3H), 7.62-7.59
(d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.43-7.41 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.29 (m, 1H),
7.22-7.19 (m, 1H), 6.96 (s, 1H), 6.69-6.59 (m, 1H), 6.25-6.19 (m,
1H), 5.77-5.73 (d, J=10.2 Hz, 1H), 4.21-4.04 (m, 4H), 3.94 (s, 3H),
3.83 (s, 3H), 3.55-3.43 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.17 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.72 (m,
2H), 2.51 (s, 9H), 2.35-2.27 (m, 1H), 2.07-2.03 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.66
(m, 2H), 1.23 (s, 1H).
Example 15
##STR00120##
[0194] 1. Synthesis of Compound 15
##STR00121##
[0195] The reaction steps and conditions for synthesizing compound
15 and methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 15 were completely
the same as those from the first step to the third step in Example
8, except that the intermediate 008-1 as a raw material in the
first step of the example 8 was replaced with the intermediate
015-1 in the first step. Finally, 139.7 mg of methanesulfonate
(MsOH).sub.2 of compound 15 was obtained as a brown solid. LCMSLCMS
(parent molecule) C.sub.32H.sub.37N.sub.7O.sub.2 (ES, m/z):(ES,
m/z): [M+H].sup.+=552. .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm)
.delta. 1.90-1.99 (m, 4H), 2.05-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.19 (m, 2H),
2.27-2.32 (m, 7H), 2.72-2.83 (m, 2H), 3.09-3.21 (m, 4H), 3.26-3.29
(m, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.93 (s, 1H), 5.74-5.78 (m, 1H), 6.21-6.26
(d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 6.60-6.69 (m, 1H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 7.16-7.21 (m,
1H), 7.28-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.58-7.61 (d, J=7.8 Hz,
1H, 8.22-8.33 (m, 3H), 8.78 (s, 1H), 9.19 (s, 1H), 9.64 (s,
1H).
Example 16
##STR00122##
[0197] 1. Synthesis of Compound 16
##STR00123##
[0198] The reaction steps and conditions for synthesizing compound
16 and methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 16 were completely
the same as those from the first step to the third step in Example
8, except that the intermediate 008-1 as a raw material in the
first step of the example 8 was replaced with the intermediate
016-1 in the first step. Finally, 67.3 mg of methanesulfonate
(MsOH).sub.3 of compound 16 was obtained as a yellow solid.
LCMSLCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.33H.sub.40N.sub.8O.sub.2 (ES,
m/z): [M+H].sup.+=581. .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, D.sub.2O, ppm) .delta.
1.89-1.92 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.28 (m, 2H), 2.74 (s, 9H), 2.79-2.87 (m,
2H), 2.96-3.00 (s, 3H), 3.19 (m, 2H), 3.45-3.66 (m, 4H), 3.66 (m,
10H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 5.86-5.91 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 6.23-6.29 (d,
J=17.1 Hz, 1H), 76.48-6.57 (m, 2H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H),
7.19 (s, 2H), 7.35 (br s, 1H), 7.55 (brs, 1H), 7.90 (br s, 2H).
Example 17
##STR00124##
[0200] 1. Synthesis of Compound 17
##STR00125##
[0201] The reaction steps and conditions for synthesizing compound
17 and methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.2 of compound 17 were completely
the same as those from the first step to the third step in Example
8, except that the intermediate 008-1 as a raw material in the
first step of the example 8 was replaced with the intermediate
017-1 in the first step. Finally, 130.7 mg of methanesulfonate
(MsOH).sub.2 of compound 17 was obtained as a yellow solid.
LCMSLCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.28H.sub.30N.sub.6O.sub.3 (ES,
m/z): [M+H].sup.+=499. .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm)
.delta. 2.08 (m, 2H), 2.35 (s, 6H), 3.22 (m, 2H), 3.26 (s, 3H),
3.42-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 4.06 (s, 1H),
5.69-5.72 (d, J=10.2 Hz, 1H), 6.17-6.22 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H),
6.47-6.57 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.49 (m, 4H), 7.60-7.62 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H),
8.18 (br s, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 9.51 (s, 1H).
Example 18
##STR00126##
[0203] 1. Synthesis of Compound 18
##STR00127##
[0204] The reaction steps and conditions for synthesizing compound
18 and methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 18 were completely
the same as those from the first step to the third step in Example
8, except that the intermediate 008-1 as a raw material in the
first step of the example 8 was replaced with the intermediate
018-1 in the first step. LCMSLCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.30H.sub.33N.sub.7O.sub.2(ES, m/z): (ES, m/z):
[M+H].sup.+=524. .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm) .delta.
11.29 (s, 1H), 9.83 (s, 1H), 8.82 (s, 1H), 8.15 (br s, 1H),
7.618-7.59 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.39 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 1H),
7.39-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.11-7.05 (m, 1H), 6.79 (s, 1H), 6.23-6.17 (m,
1H), 5.72-5.68 (m, 1H), 4.16-4.18 (m, 2H), 4.08-4.03 (m, 4H), 3.94
(s, 3H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.67 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.31
(m, 1H), 2.76-72.72 (m, 1H), 2.49-2.41 (m, 1H), 2.33 (s, 9H),
2.27-2.26 (m, 2H), 1.97-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.29-1.23 (m, 2H).
Example 19
##STR00128##
[0206] 1. Synthesis of Compound 19
##STR00129##
[0207] The reaction steps and conditions for synthesizing compound
19 and methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 19 were completely
the same as those from the first step to the third step in Example
8, except that the intermediate 008-1 as a raw material in the
first step of the example 8 was replaced with the intermediate
019-1 in the first step. LCMSLCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.31H.sub.35N.sub.7O.sub.2 (ES, m/z): (ES, m/z):
[M+H].sup.+=538. .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm) .delta.
11.15 (s, 1H), 9.78 (s, 1H), 8.80 (s, 1H), 8.37-8.03 (m, 2H),
7.61-7.58 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.61-7.24 (m, 3H), 7.04-6.95 (m, 1H),
6.80 (s, 1H), 6.22-6.17 (d, J 13.2 Hz, 1H), 5.71-5.67 (d, J=12.3
Hz, 1H), 3.93 (s, 4H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.62-3.52 (m, 5H), 3.14-3.10
(n, 2H), 3.00-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.49 (s, 5H), 2.06-1.96 (m, 4H).
Example 20
##STR00130##
[0209] 1. Synthesis of Compound 20
##STR00131##
[0210] The reaction steps and conditions for synthesizing compound
20 and methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 20 were completely
the same as those from the first step to the third step in Example
8, except that the intermediate 008-1 as a raw material in the
first step of the example 8 was replaced with the intermediate
020-1 in the first step. LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.32H.sub.38N.sub.8O.sub.2 (ES, m/z): (ES, m/z):
[M+H].sup.+=567. .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm) .delta.
2.36 (s, 1H), 2.58 (s, 12H), 2.89 (s, 3H), 3.25-3.22 (m, 2H),
3.57-3.46 (m, 5H), 3.72-3.70 (m, 8H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.94 (s, 3H),
5.72-5.68 (m, 1H), 6.22-6.17 (m, 1H), 6.79-6.71 (m, 2H), 7.39-7.23
(m, 2H), 7.41-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.62-7.59 (m, 1H), 8.23-8.15 (m, 1H),
8.80 (s, 1H), 9.53 (s, 1H).
Example 21
##STR00132##
[0212] 1. Synthesis of Compound 21
##STR00133##
[0213] The reaction steps and conditions for synthesizing compound
21 and methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 21 were completely
the same as those from the first step to the third step in Example
8, except that the intermediate 008-1 as a raw material in the
first step of the example 8 was replaced with the intermediate
021-1 in the first step. LCMSLCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.27H.sub.28N.sub.6O.sub.3 (ES, m/z): (ES, m/z):
[M+H].sup.+=485.
[0214] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, D.sub.2O, ppm) .delta.
2.37 (m, 6H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.70-3.75 (m, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.94
(s, 3H), 4.14-4.19 (m, 2H), 4.25-4.32 (m, 1H), 5.76-5.72 (m, 1H),
6.15-6.23 (m, 2H), 6.2 (s, 1H), 6.45-6.50 (m, 1H), 7.35-7.39 (m,
4H), 7.60-7.63 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (m, 1H), 8.74 (s, 1H).
Example 22
##STR00134##
[0216] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 022-3
##STR00135##
[0217] The intermediate 022-1 (10 g, 42.1 mmol) as raw material was
dissolved in 100 mL of dichloromethane in a 250 mL three-necked
flask at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere, and
cyclobutylamine hydrochloride (4.7 g, 50.2 mmol) was added thereto.
Then, the reaction was carried out for 1h at room temperature,
followed by that the reaction mixture was cooled to 0.degree. C.
Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (13.4 g, 63.2 mmol) was added to the
reaction system in batches, and the reaction temperature was raised
to room temperature and the reaction was stirred overnight. The
reaction system was adjusted to pH 8-9 with anhydrous sodium
carbonate aqueous solution the next day, and the mixture was
extracted three times with 200 mL of methylene chloride. The
organic phases were combined and washed once with 300 mL of
saturated brine. The organic phases were dried over anhydrous
sodium sulfate and concentrated. The crude product was purified by
silica gel column chromatography (eluent: EA/PE=1:5) to give 4.7 g
of intermediate 022-3 as a yellow oil. LCMS: 279.2.
[0218] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 022-4
##STR00136##
[0219] The intermediate 022-3 (3 g, 10.8 mmol) as raw material was
dissolved in 30 mL of anhydrous methanol in a 100 mL single-necked
flask at room temperature. Palladium on carbon containing water (3
g, 5% Pd) was added and the reaction system was exchanged with
hydrogen 3 times. The reaction was carried out overnight at room
temperature under hydrogen. After the reaction was completed, the
mixture was filtered by suction and the filtrate was collected and
concentrated to give 1.2 g of crude product 022-4 as yellow oil.
LCMS: 113.1.
[0220] 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 022-6
##STR00137##
[0221] The reaction steps and conditions for synthesizing compound
022-6 were completely the same as those from the first step to the
second step in Example 8, except that the intermediate 008-1 as a
raw material in the first step of the example 8 was replaced with
the intermediate 022-4 in the first step. LCMS: 445.3.
[0222] 4. Synthesis of Compound 22
##STR00138##
[0223] The intermediate 022-6 (250 mg, 0.55 mmol) as raw material
was dissolved in 50 mL of anhydrous THF in a 100 mL single-necked
flask at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere, and
N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) (141.8 mg, 1.10 mmol) was added
thereto. After the reaction mixture was cool to 0.degree. C.,
acryloyl chloride (48.9 mg, 0.540 mmol) was added dropwisely to the
reaction system at 0.degree. C. The reaction system was heated to
room temperature, and stirred for 1 h. After the reaction was
completed, the reaction was quenched by the addition of 2 mL of
water and the mixture was concentrated to dryness. The resulting
residue was purified by prep-HPLC (column: Xbridge Prep RP C15 um
8, 19.times.150 mm; mobile phase: 0.05% ammonia+10 mmol of ammonium
bicarbonate)/acetonitrile; 77% acetonitrile to 81% acetonitrile, 4
min; 5 mL/min; detection wavelength: 254 nm), concentrated and
freeze dried to give 9.8 mg of product 22 (4%) as a yellow solid.
LCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.29H.sub.31N.sub.7O.sub.2: (ES, m/z):
510 [M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR: (DMSO-D.sub.6, 300 MHz, ppm) .delta.
9.29 (s, 1H), 8.34-8.32 (m, 2H), 8.26-8.24 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.92
(s, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.51-7.49 (m, 1H) 7.23-7.16 (m, 2H),
7.13-7.12 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 6.55-6.46 (m, 1H), 6.22 (s, 1H),
6.17-6.16 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1H), 5.70-5.66 (m, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.84
(s, 3H), 3.60-3.3.55 (m, 2H), 3.41-3.34 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.13 (t,
J=6.9 Hz, 4H), 2.00-1.95 (m, 2H).
Example 23
##STR00139##
[0225] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 023-3
##STR00140##
[0226] The reaction steps and conditions for synthesizing compound
023-3 were completely the same as those from the first step to the
second step in Example 8, except that the intermediate 008-1 as a
raw material in the first step of the example 8 was replaced with
the intermediate 023-1 in the first step. LCMS: 470.3.
[0227] 2. Synthesis of Compound 23
##STR00141##
[0228] The reaction steps and conditions for synthesizing compound
23 were substantially the same as those of the fourth step to the
second step in Example 22. LCMSLCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.30H.sub.33N.sub.7O.sub.2: (ES, m/z): 524 [M+H].sup.+.
.sup.1H-NMR: (DMSO-D.sub.6, 300 MHz, ppm) .delta. 9.32 (s, 1H),
8.35-8.32 (m, 2H), 8.25-8.23 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (s, 2H), 7.77
(s, 1H), 7.51-7.48 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.11 (m, 3H), 6.56-6.47
(m, 1H), 6.25-6.17 (m, 2H), 5.70-5.67 (m, 1H), 3.96 (m, 1H),
3.87-3.84 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 6H), 3.66 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.43 (m, 4H), 1.71
(s, 4H), 1.23 (s, 1H).
Example 24
##STR00142##
[0230] 1. Synthesis of Compound 24
##STR00143##
[0231] The reaction steps and conditions of compound 24 and the
methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 24 were completely the
same as those from the first step to the third step in Example 8,
except that the intermediate 008-1 as a raw material in the first
step of the example 8 was replaced with the intermediate 024-1 in
the first step. LCMSLCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.31H.sub.36N.sub.8O.sub.2(ES, m/z): (ES, m/z):
[M+H].sup.+=553. .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, D.sub.2O, ppm) .delta.
2.68-2.76 (m, 11H), 2.91 (s, 3H), 2.98-3.10 (m, 3H), 3.36-3.56 (m,
8H), 3.70 (s, 1H), 3.74-3.90 (m, 5H), 4.12-4.17 (m, 2H), 5.90-5.94
(d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 6.30-6.35 (m, 2H), 6.45-6.54 (m, 2H), 7.04 (m,
1H), 7.19-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.68-7.72 (m, 2H).
Example 25
##STR00144##
[0233] 1. Synthesis of Compound 25
##STR00145##
[0234] The reaction steps and conditions of compound 25 and the
methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 25 were completely the
same as those from the first step to the third step in Example 8,
except that the intermediate 008-1 as a raw material in the first
step of the example 8 was replaced with the intermediate 025-1 in
the first step. LCMSLCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.30H.sub.33N.sub.7O.sub.3 (ES, m/z): (ES, m/z):
[M+H].sup.+=540. .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, D.sub.2O, ppm) .delta. 2.72
(s, 6H), 3.20-3.28 (m, 4H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.93-4.02
(m, 6H), 4.09-4.11 (m, 1H), 4.21-4.27 (m, 2H), 5.87-5.91 (d, J=11.4
Hz, 1H), 6.28-6.51 (m, 3H), 6.84-6.86 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.12-7.15
(m, 1H), 7.23-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.60 (m, 1H), 7.88-7.95 (m,
2H).
Example 26
##STR00146##
[0236] 1. Synthesis of Compound 26
##STR00147##
[0237] The reaction steps and conditions of compound 26 and the
methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 26 were completely the
same as those from the first step to the third step in Example 8,
except that the intermediate 008-1 as a raw material in the first
step of the example 8 was replaced with the intermediate 026-1 in
the first step. LCMS C.sub.31H.sub.35N.sub.7O.sub.3: (ES, m/z): 554
[M+H].sup.+.
[0238] .sup.1H-NMR: (300 MHz, D.sub.2O, ppm) .delta. 2.12-2.17 (m,
1H), 2.38 (s, 6H), 2.50-2.56 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.27 (m, 2H), 3.36-3.39
(m, 2H), 3.53-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.74 (m, 2H), 3.78-3.84 (m, 2H),
3.85 (s, 3H) 3.93 (s, 3H), 4.04-4.08 (m, 4H), 5.71-5.75 (d, J=12
Hz, 1H), 6.18-6.24 (d, J=17.4 Hz, 1H), 6.53-6.63 (m, 1H), 6.74 (s,
1H), 7.23-7.39 (m, 3H), 7.59-7.61 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.10-8.31 (m,
2H), 8.76 (s, 1H), 9.44 (s, 1H), 10.10-10.12 (br s, 1H).
Example 27
##STR00148##
[0240] 1. Synthesis of Compound 27
##STR00149##
[0241] The reaction steps and conditions of compound 27 and the
methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 27 were completely the
same as those from the first step to the third step in Example 8,
except that the intermediate 008-1 as a raw material in the first
step of the example 8 was replaced with the intermediate 027-1 in
the first step. LCMS C.sub.32H.sub.37N.sub.7O.sub.3: (ES, m/z): 568
[M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR: (300 MHz, D.sub.2O, ppm) .delta.
1.84-1.98 (m, 2H), 2.26-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.76 (s, 9H), 2.80-2.84 (m,
2H), 3.17-3.28 (m, 4H), 3.38 (s, 1H), 3.48-3.58 (m, 5H), 3.78-3.86
(m, 5H), 4.12-4.16 (m, 2H), 5.86-5.89 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 6.22-6.27
(m, 1H), 6.46-6.55 (m, 1H), 6.67-6.69 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (s,
1H), 7.02 (br s, 1H), 7.17-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.43 (d, J=6.9 Hz,
1H), 7.60 (br s, 1H), 7.879-7.99 (m, 2H).
Example 28
##STR00150##
[0243] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 028-2
##STR00151##
[0244] Under nitrogen protection, anhydrous N,N-dimethylformamide
(DMF) (150 mL) was added to a 250 mL single-necked flask and then
the intermediate 028-1 (375.5 mg, 3.05 mmol) was added thereto. The
reaction mixture was cooled to 0.degree. C. under an ice-water
bath. After sodium hydride (NaH) (65%, mineral oil mixture) (564
mg, 15.2 mmol) was added the reaction mixture in batches, the
reaction temperature was raised to room temperature and the
reaction was carried out for 0.5 h. Then, the intermediate 006-5
(1.0 g, 2.54 mmol) was added into the reaction mixture, and the
reaction was carried out at room temperature overnight. After the
reaction was completed, the reaction was cooled to 0.degree. C. and
quenched by the adding 2 mL of MeOH and subjected to rotary
evaporation. The crude product was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluent: DCM/MeOH=8:1-6:1) and subjected to rotary
evaporation to give 0.8 g of the intermediate 028-2 (68%) as a
yellow solid. LCMS: 461.2.
[0245] 2. Synthesis of Compound 28
##STR00152##
[0246] The two reaction steps and conditions of synthesizing
compound 28 were completely the same as those of the second step in
Example 8 and the fourth step in Example 22 respectively. LCMSLCMS
(parent molecule) C.sub.27H.sub.28N.sub.6O.sub.3: (ES, m/z): 485
[M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm): .delta. 2.32
(s, 3H), 3.07-3.11 (dd, J=6.9 Hz, J=13.2 Hz, 2H), 3.76-3.80 (dd,
J=8.1 Hz, J=14.4 Hz, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 4.83-4.87 (m,
2H), 5.70-5.74 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H), 6.20-6.26 (d, J=16.8 Hz, 1H), 6.56
(s, 1H), 6.65-6.76 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.52 (d, J=8.4
Hz, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 8.26-8.30 (m, 2H), 8.46 (s, 1H), 8.67 (s,
1H), 9.28 (s, 1H).
Example 29
[0247] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 029-2
##STR00153##
[0248] The reaction step and condition of synthesizing compound
029-2 were completely the same as those the first step in Example
28, except that anhydrous DMF in the first step of Example 28 as a
solvent was replaced with anhydrous tetrahydrofuran in this step.
LCMS: 463.2.
[0249] 2. Synthesis of Compound 29
##STR00154##
[0250] The reaction steps and conditions of synthesizing compound
29 and the methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 29 were the
same as those of the second step and the third step in Example 8.
LCMSLCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.27H.sub.30N.sub.6O.sub.3: (ES,
m/z): [M+H].sup.+=487. .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm)
.delta. 2.28-2.36 (m, 6H), 2.95-3.05 (m, 6H), 3.65-3.73 (m, 2H),
3.86 (s, 3H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 4.51 (s, 2H), 5.75-5.78 (d, J=10.1 Hz,
1H), 6.21-6.27 (d, J=16.8 Hz, 1H), 6.62-6.71 (m, 1H), 7.01 (s, 1H),
7.19-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.33 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.39 (d, J=6.3
Hz, 1H), 7.58-7.61 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.17-8.18 (br s, 1H),
8.33-8.76 (m, 2H), 9.41 (s, 1H), 9.61 (br s, 1H).
Example 30
##STR00155##
[0252] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 030-2
##STR00156##
[0253] The reaction step and condition of synthesizing intermediate
030-2 were the same as those of the first step in Example 28,
except that anhydrous tetrahydrofuran was used as a solvent in this
step. LCMS: 505.2.
[0254] 2. Synthesis of Compound 30
##STR00157## ##STR00158##
[0255] The reaction steps and conditions of synthesizing compound
30 and the methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 30 were the
same as those of the second step and the third step in Example 8.
LCMSLCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.29H.sub.32N.sub.8O.sub.4: (ES,
m/z): [M+H].sup.+=529. .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, D.sub.2O, ppm) .delta.
2.73 (s, 6H), 3.23-3.60 (m, 9H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.91-4.25 (m, 4H),
4.36-4.38 (m, 2H), 5.87-5.90 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 6.28-6.34 (d,
J=16.8 Hz, 1H), 6.45-6.51 (m, 2H), 6.67 (s, 1H), 6.90 (br s, 1H),
7.13 (s, 2H), 7.25 (br s, 1H), 7.48 (br s, 1H), 7.70 (br s,
2H).
Example 31
##STR00159##
[0257] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 031-2
##STR00160##
[0258] The reaction step and condition of synthesizing compound
030-2 were the same as those the first step in Example 28, except
that anhydrous tetrahydrofuran was used as a solvent in this step.
LCMS: 518.2.
[0259] 2. Synthesis of Compound 31
##STR00161## ##STR00162##
[0260] The reaction steps and conditions of synthesizing compound
31 and the methanesulfonate (MsO).sub.1 of compound 31 were the
same as those of the second step and the third step in Example 8.
LCMSLCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.30H.sub.35N.sub.7O.sub.3: (ES,
m/z): [M+H].sup.+=542. .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, CD.sub.3OD, ppm)
.delta. 2.74 (9H), 3.07 (s, 3H), 3.62-3.91 (m, 10H), 3.97 (s, 3H),
3.97 (s, 3H), 5.83-5.86 (d, J=11.7 Hz, 11H), 6.37-6.43 (d, J=18.3
Hz, 1H), 6.68-6.73 (m, 1H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 7.26-7.39 (m, 3),
7.53-7.56 (d, =8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.95-7.97 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (br
s, 1H), 8.44 (br s, 1H), 8.54 (s, 1H).
Example 32
##STR00163##
[0262] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 032-2
##STR00164##
[0263] The reaction step and condition of synthesizing compound
030-2 were the same as those the first step in Example 28, except
that anhydrous tetrahydrofuran was used as a solvent in this step.
LCMS: 450.2.
[0264] 2. Synthesis of Compound 32
##STR00165##
[0265] The reaction steps and conditions of synthesizing compound
32 and the methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 32 were the
same as those of the second step and the third step in Example 8.
LCMSLCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.26H.sub.27N.sub.5O.sub.4: (ES,
m/z): [M+H].sup.+=474. .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm)
.delta. 2.27 (s, 3H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.75-3.78 (dd, J=4.8 Hz, J=9.3
Hz, 2H), 3.83-3.88 (s, 3H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 4.30-4.33 (dd, J=4.5 Hz,
J=9.3 Hz, 2H), 5.70-5.73 (d, J=9.9 Hz, 1H), 6.17-6.22 (d, J=17.1
Hz, 1H), 6.61-6.70 (m, 1H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 7.20-7.39 (m, 3H),
7.59-7.61 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 8.16-8.27 (br s, 3H), 8.77 (s, 1H),
9.29 (s, 1H).
Example 33
##STR00166##
[0267] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 052-1
##STR00167##
[0268] The reaction steps and conditions of synthesizing compound
33 and the methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 33 were the
same as those of the fourth step and the sixth step in Example 6,
except that the intermediate 006-6 as a raw material in the fourth
step of the example 6 was replaced with the intermediate 033-1 in
this step. LCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.29H.sub.34N.sub.6O.sub.4:
(ES, m/z): [M+H].sup.+=531.
[0269] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, D.sub.2O, ppm) .delta. 3.07-3.20 (m,
4H), 3.24 (m, 8H), 3.31-3.40 (m, 5H), 3.73-3.77 (m, 3H), 5.71-5.74
(m, 1H), 5.90-6.01 (m, 1H), 6.23-6.32 (m, 2H), 6.70-6.87 (m, 2H),
6.93-6.95 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.05-7.08 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.20 (d,
J=22.8 Hz, 2H), 7.74-7.87 (m, 1H), 8.09-8.17 (m, 1H).
Example 34
##STR00168##
[0271] 1. Synthesis of Compound 34
##STR00169##
[0272] The reaction steps and conditions of synthesizing compound
34 and the methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 34 were the
same as those from the first step to the third step in Example 8,
except that the intermediate 008-1 as a raw material in the first
step of the example 8 was replaced with the intermediate 034-1 in
the this step. LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.30H.sub.35N.sub.7O.sub.2: (ES, m/z): [M+H].sup.+=526.
.sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm) .delta. 1.82-1.86 (m, 3H),
2.09 (s, 1H), 2.73 (s, 9H), 2.85-2.91 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 8H), 3.08-3.14
(m, 1H), 3.29-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.52 (s, 4H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 5.88-5.91
(d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 6.26-6.31 (d, J=17.4 Hz, 1H), 6.54-6.63 (m,
1H), 6.71-6.74 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 7.00-7.05 (m, 1H),
7.19-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.46 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.89-7.93
(m, 2H).
Example 35
##STR00170##
[0274] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 035-2
##STR00171##
[0275] The intermediate 001-5 (3 g, 0.02 mol), 30 mL of n-butanol,
the intermediate 035-1 (1.8 g, 0.013 mol) and DIPEA (3.35 g, 0.026
mol) were added into a 100 mL single-necked flask sequentially, and
then the reaction was heated to 105.degree. C. and maintained for
2.5 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, and the
reaction mixture was subjected to rotary evaporation, and the crude
product was purified through silica gel column chromatography
(eluent: EA:PE=1:15) to give 1.6 g of the intermediate 035-2 (48%)
as a white solid. LCMS: 246.1.
[0276] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 035-3
##STR00172##
[0277] The reaction step and condition of synthesizing the
intermediate 035-3 were the same as those of the third step in
Example 6, except that the intermediate 006-2 in the example 6 was
replaced with the intermediate 035-2 as a starting material in the
this step. LCMS: 396.1.
[0278] 3. Synthesis of Compound 35
##STR00173##
[0279] The reaction steps and conditions of synthesizing compound
35 and the methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 35 were the
same as those from the first step to the third step in Example 7,
except that the intermediate 006-5 in the first step of the example
7 was replaced with the intermediate 035-3 in the this step and the
intermediate 007-1 as a raw material in the first step of the
example 7 was replaced with the intermediate 001-10 in the this
step. The analysis data of the methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of
compound 35: LCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.2H.sub.35N.sub.7O.sub.2:
(ES, m/z): [M+H].sup.+=502.
[0280] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, D.sub.2O, ppm) .delta. 1.75-1.90 (m,
2H), 2.46-2.51 (m, 2H), 2.69-2.76 (m, 18H), 3.19 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.46
(m, 2H), 3.68 (m, 2H), 3.83 (m, 2H), 5.86-5.89 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H),
6.23-6.29 (m, 1H), 6.51-6.54 (m, 2H), 6.97-7.11 (m, 5H), 7.5-8.2
(m, 2H).
Example 36
##STR00174##
[0282] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 036-2
##STR00175##
[0283] The reaction step and condition of synthesizing the
intermediate 036-2 were the same as those of the first step in
Example 35. LCMS: 248.1.
[0284] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 036-3
##STR00176##
[0285] The reaction step and condition of synthesizing the
intermediate 036-3 were the same as those of the third step in
Example 6, except that the intermediate 006-2 in the example 6 was
replaced with the intermediate 036-2 as a starting material in the
this step. LCMS: 398.1.
[0286] 3. Synthesis of Compound 036
[0287] The reaction steps and conditions of synthesizing compound
36 and the methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 36 from the
intermediate 036-3 were the same as those from the first step to
the third step in Example 7, except that the intermediate 006-5 in
the first step of the example 7 was replaced with the intermediate
036-3 in the this step and the intermediate 007-1 as a raw material
in the first step of the example 7 was replaced with the
intermediate 001-10 in the this step. The analysis data of the
methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 36:
##STR00177##
[0288] LCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.27H.sub.33N.sub.7O.sub.3: (ES,
m/z): [M+H].sup.+=504 [M+1].sup.+.
[0289] .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, D.sub.2O, ppm) .delta. 2.63 (s, 3H),
2.70 (s, 12H), 2.78 (s, 3H), 3.21 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.36 (m, 2H), 3.80
(s, 3H), 3.96 (m, 2H), 4.17 (m, 2H), 5.84-5.87 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H),
6.22-6.27 (m, 1H), 6.41-6.50 (m, 1H), 6.82-6.93 (m, 4H), 7.06 (br
s, 1H), 7.73-7.85 (m, 2H).
Example 37
##STR00178##
[0291] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 037-2
##STR00179##
[0292] The intermediate 001-5 (2.22 g, 14.9 mmol), anhydrous THE
(25 mL), 037-1 (1.5 g, 10.2 mmol) and DIPEA (2.58 g, 20.0 mmol)
were added into a 100 mL single-necked flask sequentially, and then
the reaction was heated to 75.degree. C. and maintained under
stirring for 2.5 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature,
and the reaction mixture was subjected to rotary evaporation, and
the crude product was purified through silica gel column
chromatography (eluent: EA:PE=1:15) to give 1.5 g of the
intermediate 037-2 (57%) as a white solid. LCMS: 260.1.
[0293] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 037-3
##STR00180##
[0294] 3. Synthesis of Compound 37
##STR00181##
[0295] The reaction steps and conditions of synthesizing compound
37 and the methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 37 from the
intermediate 037-3 were the same as those from the third step to
the fifth step in Example 3, except that the intermediate 003-3 in
the third step of the example 3 was replaced with the intermediate
037-3 in the this step. The analysis data of the methanesulfonate
(MsOH).sub.3 of compound 37: LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.29H.sub.37N.sub.7O.sub.2: (ES, m/z): [M+H].sup.+=516.
.sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, D.sub.2O, ppm) .delta. 1.03-1.12 (s, 6H),
2.70-2.79 (m, 18H), 3.24-3.26 (m, 2H), 3.43 (m, 2H), 3.65 (m, 2H),
3.79 (s, 3H), 5.78-5.82 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 6.16-6.22 (m, 2H),
6.38-6.44 (m, 1H), 6.75 (m, 1H), 6.93-7.00 (m, 2H), 7.11-7.13 (m,
1H), 7.61-7.78 (m, 3H).
Example 38
##STR00182##
[0297] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 038-2
##STR00183##
[0298] The intermediate 038-1 (3 g, 13.4 mmol) as the raw material
was dissolved in 30 mL of anhydrous acetonitrile in a 100 mL
three-necked flask at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere,
followed by the addition of anhydrous potassium carbonate (5.57 g,
40.0 mmol). The temperature was raised to 60.degree. C. overnight.
The next day, the reaction system was cooled to room temperature.
The mixture was filtered and the filter cake was washed once with
10 mL of anhydrous ethanol. The filtrate was collected and the
filtrate temperature was reduced to 0.degree. C. Sodium borohydride
(511 mg, 13.9 mmol) was added in batches, and then heated up to
room temperature and the reaction was carried out for 2 h. After
the reaction was completed, the reaction was quenched by adding 1
mL of water and the reaction mixture was concentrated. The crude
product was purified through silica gel column chromatography
(eluent: EA/PE=1:10-1:3) to give 1.45 g of the intermediate 038-2
(75%) as a yellow oil. LCMS: 146.1.
[0299] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 038-4
##STR00184##
[0300] The intermediate 038-3 (1.45 g, 9.99 mmol) as raw material
was dissolved in 30 mL of anhydrous acetonitrile in a 100 mL
three-necked flask at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere,
followed by adding anhydrous potassium carbonate (4.14 g, 29.7
mmol) and 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (1.48 g, 9.93 mmol). The
temperature was raised to 60.degree. C. overnight and the reaction
was stirred overnight. The next day, the reaction was completed,
followed by that the reaction system was cooled to room
temperature, diluted with 100 mL of water and extracted with 100 mL
of methylene chloride 3 times. The organic phases were combined,
backwashed with 100 mL of saturated brine 3 times, dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then concentrated. The crude product
was purified through silica gel column chromatography
(EA/PE=1:10-1:3) to give 0.9 g of the intermediate 038-4 (35%) as a
white solid. LCMS: 258.1.
[0301] 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 038-6
##STR00185##
[0302] The reaction step and condition of synthesizing the
intermediate 038-6 were the same as those of the sixth step and the
seventh step in Example 1. LCMS: 490.2
[0303] 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 038-7
##STR00186##
[0304] The intermediate 038-6 (700 mg, 1.43 mmol) as a raw material
was dissolved in 30 mL of anhydrous ethanol and 10 mL water in a
100 mL single-necked flask at room temperature, and iron powder
(481 mg, 8.61 mmol) and ammonium chloride (53 mg, 0.99 mmol) were
added into the reaction system sequentially. Then, the reaction was
heated to 85.degree. C. and carried out overnight. After the
reaction was completed, the reaction system was cooled to room
temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate
was collected concentrated to dryness. The residue was purified by
Prep-HPLC (column: C18 silica gel; flow phase: acetonitrile/water
(0.05% trifluoroacetic acid); 30% acetonitrile to 50% acetonitrile;
5 min; detection wavelength: 254 nm) to give 600 mg of the
intermediate 038-7 (73%) as a white solid. LCMS: 460.3.
[0305] 5. Synthesis of Compound 38
##STR00187##
[0306] The reaction steps and conditions of synthesizing compound
38 and the hydrochloride (HCl) of compound 38 from the intermediate
038-7 were the same as those of the ninth step in Example 1. The
analysis data of the hydrochloride (HCl) of compound 38: LCMS
(parent molecule) C.sub.29H.sub.35N.sub.7O.sub.2: (ES, m/z): 514
[M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR: (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm) .delta.
1.09-1.21 (m, 4H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 2.74 (s, 3H), 2.76 (s, 3H),
3.27-3.35 (m, 4H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 4.23 (s, 2H), 5.67-5.71 (m, 1H),
6.16-6.22 (m, 1H), 6.87-6.88 (m, 1H), 7.02 (m, 3H), 7.14-7.22 (m,
1H), 8.03-8.17 (m, 2H), 9.94 (br s, 1H), 10.60 (br s, 1H).
Example 39
##STR00188##
[0308] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 039-2
##STR00189##
[0309] The intermediate 001-5 (8.8 g, 59.1 mmol), the intermediate
039-1 (7.06 g, 65.4 mmol), n-butanol (70 mL) and DIPEA (15.4 g,
119.2 mmol) were sequentially added in a 250 ML single-necked flask
under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was raised to 110.degree.
C. and stirred overnight. The reaction system was cooled to room
temperature and then the reaction system was subjected to rotary
evaporation. A solution of 0.1 M hydrochloric acid (HCl) (300 mL)
was added and a solid was precipitated. The reaction mixture was
filtered, the filter cake was collected and washed three times with
anhydrous ether (100 mL). The filter cake was dried to give 5.0 g
of crude product 039-2 (38%) as a white solid. LCMS. 221.1.
[0310] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 039-4
##STR00190##
[0311] The intermediate 039-2 (5.0 g, 22.7 mmol), 100 mL of
anhydrous THF, carbonyldiimidazole (CDI) (039-3) (7.37 g, 45.5
mmol) and pyridine (3.59 g, 45.4 mmol) were sequentially added in a
250 mL three-necked flask under a nitrogen atmosphere, followed by
that the reaction system was heated to 64.degree. C. and stirred
for 2 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and quenched
with 500 mL of ice water to precipitate a solid. The mixture was
filtered to collect the filter cake which was dried to give 4.1 g
of crude product 039-4 (73%) as a white solid product. LCMS:
247.0.
[0312] 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 039-6
##STR00191##
[0313] The reaction step and condition of synthesizing intermediate
039-6 were the same as those of the sixth and seventh steps in
Example 1. LCMS: 479.2
[0314] 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 039-7
##STR00192##
[0315] The reaction step and condition of synthesizing intermediate
039-7 were the same as those of the fourth step in Example 38.
LCMS: 449.2.
[0316] 5. Synthesis of Compound 39
##STR00193##
[0317] The reaction steps and conditions of synthesizing compound
39 and the methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 39 from the
intermediate 038-7 were the same as those of the ninth step in
Example 1. The analysis data of the methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3
of compound 39: LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.26H.sub.3N.sub.8O.sub.3: (ES, m/z): [M+H].sup.+=503.
.sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, D.sub.2O, ppm) .delta. 2.66 (s, 3H), 2.71 (s,
9H), 2.81 (s, 6H), 3.27-3.38 (m, 4H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 5.82-5.85 (d,
J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 6.22-6.28 (d, J=17.1 Hz, 1H), 6.44-6.53 (m, 1H),
6.64-6.67 (m, 1H), 6.87-7.02 (m, 3H), 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.66-7.74 (m,
2H), 8.03-8.06 (m, 1H).
Example 40
##STR00194##
[0319] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 040-1
##STR00195##
[0320] The intermediate 039-4 (1.5 g, 6.08 mmol) and anhydrous
N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) (30 mL) were sequentially added in a
100 mL three-necked flask under a nitrogen atmosphere, followed by
cooling the reaction system to 0.degree. C. Sodium hydride (NaH)
(220 mg, 9.17 mmol) was added in batches for 10 min. The reaction
system was incubated at 0.degree. C. for 1 h. In the condition of
darkness, the reaction was carried out by adding methyl iodide
(1.37 g, 9.65 mmol) for 4h, and then quenched by adding 400 mL of
ice water and a solid was precipitated. The reaction mixture was
filtered, the filter cake was collected and dried to give 1.5 g of
crude product 040-1 (95%) as a white solid.
[0321] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 040-2
##STR00196##
[0322] The intermediate 040-1 (1.5 g, 5.75 mmol), intermediate
006-4 (1.07 g, 5.76 mmol), isopropanol (30 mL) and
p-toluenesulfonic acid (1.19 g, 6.92 mmol) were sequentially added
into a 100 mL of single-necked flask under a nitrogen atmosphere,
followed by heating the reaction system to 105.degree. C. and
stirred overnight. The reaction was cooled to room temperature. The
reaction mixture was filtered to collect the filter cake which was
washed with 50 mL of isopropanol three times and washed with 100 mL
of acetonitrile three times, and dried to give 1.3 g of crude
product 040-2 (55%) as a yellow solid. LCMS: 411.1.
[0323] 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 040-3
##STR00197##
[0324] Anhydrous NMP (20 mL), the intermediate 040-2 (1.3 g, 3.17
mmol), the intermediate 001-10 (485 mg, 4.75 mmol) and anhydrous
K.sub.2C.sub.03 (1.31 g, 9.43 mmol) were sequentially added in a
100 mL single-necked flask under a nitrogen atmosphere, followed by
heating the reaction system to 100.degree. C. and stirred for 5h.
Then, the reaction system was cooled to a room temperature, and
quenched by adding 500 mL of ice water. The reaction mixture was
filtered, the filter cake was collected, washed with 50 mL of ether
three times and dried to give 1.2 g of crude product 040-3 (77%) as
a red solid.
[0325] LCMS: 493.2.
[0326] 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 040-4
##STR00198##
[0327] Anhydrous ethanol (180 mL), water (60 mL), the intermediate
040-3 (1.2 g, 2.44 mmol), iron powder (Fe) (820 mg, 14.7 mmol) and
ammonium chloride (91 mg, 1.70 mmol) were sequentially added into a
500 mL of single-necked flask under a nitrogen atmosphere, followed
by heating the reaction system to 85.degree. C. and stirred
overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was
concentrated to dryness. The crude product was purified by high
pressure liquid chromatography (Prep-HPLC) (column type: Waters
X-bridge RP18, 19.times.150 mm, 5 um; mobile phase:
acetonitrile/water (0.05% TFA), 33% acetonitrile to 37%
acetonitrile, 5 min, flow rate: 20 mL/min; detection wavelength:
254 nm). The collected product was concentrated to dryness to give
0.7 g of crude product 040-4 (62%) as a gray solid. LCMS:
463.2.
[0328] 5. Synthesis of Compound 40
##STR00199##
[0329] The intermediate 040-4 (300 mg, 0.65 mmol), anhydrous THE
(20 mL) and DIPEA (167.6 mg, 1.30 mmol) were sequentially added
into a 50 mL of three-necked flask under a nitrogen atmosphere,
followed by cooling the reaction system to 0.degree. C. and the
intermediate 001-13 (53 mg, 0.59 mmol) was added thereto. The
reaction mixture was incubated for 1 h at 0.degree. C. and then
subjected to rotary evaporation. The crude product was purified by
high pressure liquid chromatography (Prep-HPLC) (column type:
Waters X-bridge RP18, 19.times.150 mm, 5 um; mobile phase: water
(0.05% aqueous ammonia)/acetonitrile, 50% acetonitrile to 55%
acetonitrile, 5 min, flow rate: 20 mL/min; detection wavelength:
254 nm), collected, and concentrated to dryness to give 120 mg of
product 40.
##STR00200##
[0330] 120 mg of the product was dissolved in 50 mL of
acetonitrile, 67 mg of methanesulfonic acid was added and stirred
at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was filtered, and
the filter cake was collected and dried to give 0.156 g of
methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.3 of compound 40 (30%) as a yellow
solid. LCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.27H.sub.32N.sub.8O.sub.3: (ES,
m/z): [M+H].sup.+=517. .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, D2O, ppm) .delta. 2.66
(s, 3H), 2.71 (s, 9H), 2.82 (s, 6H), 3.04 (s, 3H), 3.29-3.38 (m,
4H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 5.83-5.86 (d, J=10.8 Hz, 1H), 6.24-6.30 (d,
J=16.8 Hz, 1H), 6.46-6.61 (m, 2H), 6.80-6.82 (m, 1H), 6.96-6.99 (m,
2H), 7.45 (m, 1H), 7.63-7.70 (m, 2H), 8.03 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H).
Example 41
##STR00201##
[0332] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 041-2
##STR00202##
[0333] The intermediate 001-5 (2.0 g, 13.4 mmol) was dissolved in
DME (100 mL) in a 250 mL of three-necked flask under a nitrogen
atmosphere, followed by addition of the intermediate 041-1 (2.96 g,
12.2 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (1.0 g, 2.68
mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (40 mL, 1.0 M of aqueous solution).
The reaction system was heated to reflux for 3 hours under
nitrogen. After the reaction was completed, the reaction was
quenched by adding 100 mL of ice water. The reaction system was
extracted with 200 mL of ethyl acetate twice. The organic phases
were combined, washed twice with 100 mL of saturated brine and
purified by silica gel column chromatography (100-200 mesh silica
gel, eluent: PE:EA=100:1) to give 1.9 g of product 041-2 (62%) as a
yellow solid. LCMS: 230.0
[0334] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 041-3
##STR00203##
[0335] The intermediate 041-2 (1.9 g, 8.29 mmol) was dissolved in
50 mL of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran. Maintaining the reaction
temperature at 0-10.degree. C., sodium hydride (NaH) (dispersed in
mineral oil at a content of 60%) (829 mg, 20.7) was added in
batches, then stirring for 30 min at 0.degree. C. Iodomethane (Mel)
(1.4 g, 10.3 mmol) was added to the reaction system and then the
reaction temperature was heated up to room temperature. The
reaction was continued for 2 hours. After the reaction was
completed, 20 mL of ice water was added to quench the reaction. The
reaction mixture was extracted with 50 mL of ethyl acetate twice.
The organic phases were combined, washed twice with 50 mL of
saturated brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
concentrated to dryness, so as to give 1.1 g of crude product 041-3
(55%) as a yellow solid. LCMS: 244.1.
[0336] 3. Synthesis of Compound 41
##STR00204##
[0337] The reaction steps and conditions of synthesizing the
hydrochloride (HCl).sub.n of compound 41 from the intermediate
041-3 were the same as those of the sixth to the ninth steps in
Example 1. The analysis data of the hydrochloride (HCl) of compound
41: LCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.28H.sub.33N.sub.7O.sub.2: (ES,
m/z): [M+H].sup.+=500. .sup.1H-NMR: (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm)
.delta. 2.64 (s, 3H), 2.74-2.76 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 6H), 3.23-3.32 (m,
4H), 3.71-3.85 (m, 3H), 3.87-3.91 (d, J=14.1 Hz, 3H), 5.68-5.73 (m,
1H), 6.23-6.30 (m, 1H), 6.98 (s, 1H), 7.06-7.13 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.33
(m, 1H), 7.47-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.70 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (t, J=7.5
Hz, 1H), 8.45-8.49 (m, 2H), 9.82 (s, 1H), 10.34-10.37 (m, 1H).
Example 42
##STR00205##
[0339] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 042-2
##STR00206##
[0340] The reaction steps and conditions of synthesizing the
intermediate 042-2 were the same as those of the first step in
Example 41. LCMS: 245.1.
[0341] 2. Synthesis of Compound 42
[0342] The reaction steps and conditions of synthesizing the
compound 42 and hydrochloride (HCl) of compound 42 from the
intermediate 042-2 were the same as those of the third to the fifth
steps in Example 38. The analysis data of the hydrochloride (HCl)
of compound 42: LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.27H.sub.32N.sub.8O.sub.2: (ES, m/z): [M+H].sup.+=501.
.sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm) .delta. 2.66 (s, 3H), 2.76
(s, 3H), 2.78 (s, 3H), 3.30-3.38 (m, 4H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 4.08 (s,
3H), 5.67-5.70 (m, 1H), 6.12-6.25 (m, 1H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 7.25-7.34
(m, 1H), 7.54-7.59 (m, 1H), 7.75-7.77 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.95-7.96
(d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.12-8.15 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 8.39
(br s, 1H), 8.50-8.52 (m, 1H), 9.90 (s, 1H), 10.15 (br s, 1H),
10.86 (br s, 1H).
Example 43
##STR00207##
[0344] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 043-3
##STR00208##
[0345] Aluminum trichloride (5.9 g, 69.5 mmol) was dissolved in
methylene dichloride (DCM) (134 mL) at room temperature in a 1000
mL of three-necked flask under nitrogen atmosphere, followed by
sequentially adding the intermediate 043-2 (4.9 mL) and boron
trichloride (BCl.sub.3) (40 mL, 1 M of dichloromethane solution).
The reaction was carried out at room temperature for 0.5 h, and
then the intermediate 006-1 (5 g, 38.1 mmol) added. Next, the
reaction was continued at room temperature for 2h. Then, the
reaction mixture was cooled to 0.degree. C., and dropping a
solution of intermediate 043-1 (9.36 g, 83.0 mmol) dissolved in
84.2 mL of pure triethylamine (NEt.sub.3, or TEA), then the
reaction was continued at room temperature for 2h. After the
reaction was completed, 200 mL of ice water was added to quench the
reaction. The mixture was extracted three times with 200 mL of
dichloromethane. The organic phases were combined and washed three
times with 100 mL of saturated brine. The organic phases were dried
with anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated to dryness. The crude
product was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(EA/PE=1:50-1:20) to give 7 g of product 043-3 (71%) as brown oil.
LCMS: 258.0.
[0346] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 043-5
##STR00209##
[0347] The intermediate 043-4 (0.19 g, 6.18 mmol) was dissolved in
5 mL of toluene and 2.5 mL of water at room temperature in 100 mL
of a three-necked flask under nitrogen atmosphere, followed by
sequentially adding the intermediate 043-3 (1.6 g, 6.22 mmol),
Pd(PhP.sub.3).sub.4 (245 mg, 0.31 mmol), potassium phosphate
(K.sub.3PO.sub.4) (3.96 g, 18.7 mmol). The reaction was heated to
95.degree. C. overnight. After the reaction was completed, the
reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. The reaction was
quenched by adding 100 mL of ice water into the reaction mixture.
The obtained mixture was extracted with 100 mL of dichloromethane
three times. The organic phases were combined and washed with 300
mL of saturated brine three times. The organic phases were dried
over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to dryness. The
product was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(EA/PE=1:10-1:3) to give 0.7 g of product 043-5 (47%) as a green
solid. LCMS: 243.0.
[0348] 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 043-6
##STR00210##
[0349] The intermediate 043-5 (0.19 g, 6.18 mmol) as a raw material
was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) at room temperature in 100 mL
of a three-necked flask under nitrogen atmosphere, followed by
sequentially addition of the intermediate 006-4 (538 mg, 2.89
mmol), 4,5-bisdiphenylphosphine-9,9-dimethyoxyanthene (xantphos)
(167 mg, 0.29 mmol), cesium carbonate (Cs.sub.2CO.sub.3) (1.89 g,
5.77 mmol) and palladium acetate (Pd(OAc).sub.2) (32.4 mg, 0.14
mmol) into the reaction system. After heated to 100.degree. C., the
reaction was carried out for 5h. After the reaction was completed,
the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. The reaction
was quenched by adding 100 mL of ice water into the reaction
mixture. The obtained mixture was extracted with 100 mL of
dichloromethane three times. The organic phases were combined and
washed with 300 mL of saturated brine three times. The organic
phases were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to
dryness to give 0.4 g of product 043-6 (36%) as yellow oil. LCMS:
389.0.
[0350] 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 043-8
##STR00211##
[0351] The reaction steps and conditions of synthesizing the
intermediate 043-8 from the intermediate 043-6 were the same as
those of the third and the fourth steps in Example 40. LCMS:
445.0.
[0352] 5. Synthesis of Compound 43
##STR00212##
[0353] The reaction steps and conditions of synthesizing the
compound 43 and hydrochloride (HCl) of compound 43 from the
intermediate 043-8 were the same as those of the ninth step in
Example 1. The analysis data of the hydrochloride (HCl).sub.n of
compound 43: LCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.29H.sub.34N.sub.6O.sub.2:
(ES, m/z): [M+H].sup.+=499. .sup.1H-NMR: (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6,
ppm) .delta. 10.68 (br s, 1H), 10.22 (s, 1H), 9.95 (s, 1H), 8.41
(s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 8.00-8.02 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.84-7.86 (d,
J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.63-7.55 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.22-7.38
(m, 4H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 6.22-6.28 (m, 1H), 5.70-5.74 (m, 1H), 3.91
(s, 3H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.36 (m, 4H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.73 (s, 3H),
.delta. 2.65 (s, 3H).
Example 44
##STR00213##
[0355] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 044-3
##STR00214##
[0356] The reaction step and condition of synthesizing intermediate
044-3 were the same as those of the first step in Example 6. LCMS:
244.1.
[0357] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 044-6
##STR00215##
[0358] The reaction step and condition of synthesizing the
intermediate 044-6 from the intermediate 044-3 were the same as
those of the third and the fourth steps in Example 38. LCMS:
446.3.
[0359] 3. Synthesis of Compound 44
##STR00216##
[0360] The reaction steps and conditions of synthesizing the
compound 44 and hydrochloride (HCl).sub.n of compound 44 from the
intermediate 044-6 were the same as those of the ninth step in
Example 1. The analysis data of the hydrochloride (HCl).sub.n of
compound 44: LCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.28H.sub.33N.sub.7O.sub.2:
(ES, m/z): [M+H].sup.+=500. .sup.1H-NMR: (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6,
ppm) .delta. 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 3.32-3.36
(m, 4H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 5.70-5.74 (m, 1H), 6.21-6.28
(m, 1H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 7.12-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.35-7.52 (m, 2H),
7.68-7.70 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 8.05-8.06 (m, 1H), 8.30-8.41 (m, 1H),
8.45 (s, 1H), 8.75 (s, 1H), 9.93 (s, 1H), 10.49-10.51 (m, 2H).
Example 45
##STR00217##
[0362] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 045-1
##STR00218##
[0363] The intermediate 006-5 (1.0 g, 2.54 mmol) as a raw material
was dissolved in NMP (20 mL) in 50 mL of a single-necked flask at
room temperature, followed by sequentially addition of the
intermediate 001-10 (250 mg, 2.45 mmol) and K.sub.2CO.sub.3 (1.04
g, 7.38 mmol) into the reaction system. After heated to 105.degree.
C., the reaction was carried out with a stirring for 2h. After the
reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was cooled to room
temperature. The reaction was quenched by adding 50 mL of ice water
into the reaction mixture. The obtained mixture was filtered by
suction and the filter cake was collected and then dissolved in 200
mL of dichloromethane. The organic phases were washed with 100 mL
of saturated brine once, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
concentrated to dryness. The crude product was purified by silica
gel column chromatography (dichloromethane/methanol=100/1-50/1) to
give 805 mg of the intermediate 045-1 (67%) as a red solid. LCMS:
476.2.
[0364] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 045-2
##STR00219##
[0365] The reaction step and condition of synthesizing the
intermediate 045-2 from the intermediate 045-1 were the same as
those of the eighth step in Example 1. LCMS: 446.3.
[0366] 3. Synthesis of Compound 45
##STR00220##
[0367] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 045-2 (350 mg,
0.79 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in dichloromethane (50
mL) at room temperature in a 100 mL three-necked flask, followed by
adding DIPEA (202 mg, 1.56 mmol). The reaction system was cooled to
0.degree. C. Ethylene sulfonyl chloride (99 mg, 0.78 mmol) was
added dropwisely to the reaction system at 0.degree. C., and then
the reaction was continued for 30 minutes at 0.degree. C. After the
reaction was completed, the mixture was concentrated to dryness.
The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(dichloromethane/methanol=100:1-50:1), collected, and concentrated
to give product 45.
##STR00221##
[0368] The product 45 was added and dissolved in 3 mL of aqueous
hydrochloric acid (2 M), the reaction was stirred at room
temperature for 30 minutes and then freeze dried to give 47.8 mg of
the hydrochloride (HCl) of compound 45 (10%) as a yellow solid.
LCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.27H.sub.33N.sub.7O.sub.3S: (ES, m/z):
[M+H].sup.+=536. .sup.1H-NMR: (DMSO-D.sub.6, 300 MHz, ppm) .delta.
10.30-10.23 (m, 1H), 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.21-8.16 (m, 2H), 7.62-7.59 (m,
2H), 7.42-7.40 (d, J=6 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.23-7.17 (m,
1H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 6.93-6.84 (m, 1H), 6.12-6.09 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H),
5.96-5.93 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.38-3.35
(m, 4H), 2.79 (s, 6H), 2.63 (s, 3H).
Example 46
##STR00222##
[0370] 1. Synthesis of Compound 46
##STR00223##
[0371] The reaction step and condition of synthesizing the compound
46 from the intermediate 012-3 were the same as those of the third
step in Example 45.
##STR00224##
[0372] The obtained product 46 was dissolved in 5 mL of
acetonitrile, methanesulfonic acid (115.3 mg, 1.20 mmol) was added
thereto. Then, the reaction was stirred for 2 h and then freeze
dried to give 108.5 mg of methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.2 of compound
46 (23%) as a yellow solid. LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.29H.sub.35N.sub.7O.sub.3S: (ES, m/z): [M+H].sup.+=562.
.sup.1H-NMR: (DMSO-D.sub.6, 300 MHz, ppm) .delta. 8.69 (s, 1H),
8.29-8.19 (m, 1H), 7.61-7.58 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.30 (m, 2H),
7.25-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 6.90-6.82 (m, 1H), 6.18-6.12 (d,
J=12 Hz, 1H), 6.01-5.98 (d, J=6 Hz, 1H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.89 (s,
3H), 3.81-3.32 (m, 6H), 3.18-3.10 (m, 2H), 2.72 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s,
6H), 2.27-1.98 (m, 4H).
Example 47
##STR00225##
[0374] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 047-3
##STR00226##
[0375] The reaction step and condition of synthesizing the
intermediate 047-3 from the intermediates 006-5 and 047-1 were the
same as those of the first and second steps in Example 7. LCMS:
460.3.
[0376] 2. Synthesis of Compound 47
##STR00227##
[0377] The reaction steps and conditions of synthesizing the
compound 47 and methanesulfonate (MsOH).sub.2 of compound 47 from
the intermediate 047-3 were the same as those of the third step in
Example 7. LCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.29H.sub.35N.sub.7O.sub.2:
(ES, m/z): [M+H].sup.+=514. .sup.1H-NMR: (DMSO-D.sub.6, 300 MHz,
ppm) .delta. 9.25 (m, 2H), 8.77 (s, 1H), 8.39-8.24 (m, 2H),
7.60-7.58 (d, J=6 Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.38 (d, J=6 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.28 (m,
1H), 7.21-7.17 (m, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 6.75-6.66 (m, 1H), 6.27-6.20
(d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 5.77-5.74 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.85 (s,
3H), 3.14-3.11 (m, 2H), 3.09-3.07 (m, 2H), 2.97 (s, 9H), 2.32 (s,
6H), 1.88-1.83 (m, 2H).
Example 48
##STR00228##
[0379] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 048-2
##STR00229##
[0380] The intermediate 048-1 (3.0 g, 25.6 mmol) as a raw material
was dissolved in 50 mL of 1,2-dichloroethane (DCE) in 100 mL of a
three-necked flask at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere.
The reaction mixture was cooled to 0.degree. C. Ethylmagnesium
bromide (8.5 mL, 25.6 mmol) was added dropwisely to the reaction
system. After the reaction was completed, the reaction was
maintained at a constant temperature for 30 min and the
intermediate 001-5 (5.4 g, 36.3 mmol) was added into the reaction
system at 0.degree. C. The reaction was carried out overnight at
room temperature. After the reaction was completed, the reaction
mixture was quenched by adding 100 mL of ice water. The mixture was
extracted with 100 mL of methylene dichloride three times. The
organic phases were combined, washed with 100 mL of saturated brine
three times, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated.
The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(EA/PE=1:10-1:5) to give 2.0 g of the intermediate 048-2 (34%) as a
yellow solid. LCMS: 229.0.
[0381] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 048-3
##STR00230##
[0382] The intermediate 048-2 (80 mL) (2.0 g, 8.7 mmol) was
dissolved in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (80 mL) in a 50 mL of
three-necked flask under nitrogen, and then the reaction mixture
was cooled to 0-10.degree. C. After NaH (60%, dispersed in a
mineral oil) (200 mg, 8.33 mmol) was sequentially added, the
reaction system was stirred for 30 min at 0.degree. C. and then
iodoethane (1.6 g, 10.3 mmol) was added thereto. The reaction
mixture was heated to a room temperature and maintained for 2h.
After the reaction was completed, the reaction was quenched by
adding 20 mL of ice water. The system was extracted with 50 mL of
ethyl acetate 2 times, and the organic phases were combined,
backwashed with 50 mL of saturated brine 2 times, dried with
anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to give 2.0 g of the
intermediate 048-3 (89%) as a yellow solid. LCMS: 258.1.
[0383] 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 048-4
##STR00231##
[0384] The intermediate 048-3 (80 mL) (2.0 g, 7.76 mmol) as a raw
material was dissolved in isopropanol (20 mL) in a 250 mL of
single-necked flask under nitrogen, followed by sequentially adding
the intermediate 006-4 (1.72 mL, 9.24 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonate
(1.44 g, 8.36 mnol). The reaction was then heated to 105.degree.
C., and maintained for 2.5 h. After the reaction was completed, the
reaction system was cooled to room temperature. The reaction
mixture was filtered, and the filter cake was collected, washed
with 20 mL of isopropyl alcohol once, and washed with 20 mL of
acetonitrile once. The filter cake was dried to give 1.9 g of the
intermediate 048-4 (60%) as a yellow solid. LCMS: 408.1.
[0385] 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 048-5
##STR00232##
[0386] The intermediate 048-4 (1.0 g, 2.54 mmol) as a raw material
was dissolved in NMP (20 mL) in a 50 mL of single-necked flask
under nitrogen, followed by sequentially addition of anhydrous
potassium carbonate (1.01 g, 7.36 mmol) and the intermediate 001-10
(322 mg, 3.15 mmol). The reaction was heated to 105.degree. C. and
maintained for 2 h. After the reaction was completed, the reaction
mixture was cooled to room temperature. Next, the reaction was
quenched with 20 mL of ice water. The filter cake was filtered by
suction, collected, washed with 20 mL of water once and dried to
give 0.9 g of crude product 048-5 (75%) as a red solid. LCMS:
490.2.
[0387] 5. Synthesis of Intermediate 048-6
##STR00233##
[0388] The intermediate 048-5 (900 mg, 1.84 mmol) as a raw material
was dissolved in 10 mL of water and 30 mL of methanol in a 100 mL
single-necked flask, followed by sequentially adding iron powder
(0.618 g, 11.1 mmol) and ammonium chloride (68 mg, 1.27 mmol). The
reaction was heated to 85.degree. C. and carried out for 2 h. After
the reaction was completed, the reaction was cooled to room
temperature, and the iron powder was removed. Next, the filtrate
was collected, spin-dried to remove most of the methanol and then
extracted with 50 mL of DCM twice. The organic phases were combined
and concentrated to give 0.25 g of crude product 048-6 (30%) as a
yellow solid,
[0389] 6. Synthesis of Compound 48
##STR00234##
[0390] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 048-6 (250 mg,
0.54 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 50 mL of THF in a 250
mL three-necked flask, followed by addition of DIPEA (140 mg, 1.08
mmol). The reaction mixture was cooled to 0.degree. C., and
acryloyl chloride (48 mg, 0.54 mmol) was added dropwisely. After
the reaction was carried out at room temperature for 1 h, 2 mL of
ice water was added to quench the reaction. The reaction mixture
was concentrated and the crude product was purified by high
pressure liquid chromatography (column model: Waters X-bridge RP18,
19.times.150 mm, 5 um; mobile phase: water (0.05%
ammonia)/acetonitrile, 20% acetonitrile to 25% acetonitrile, 5 min,
15 mL/min; detection wavelength: 254 nm). The obtained product was
collected and dried to give compound 48.
##STR00235##
[0391] The compound 48 was dissolved in an excessive dilute HCl (10
mL, 0.1 M) and freeze dried to give 48.5 mg of hydrochloride
(HCl).sub.n of compound 48 (16%) as a yellow solid. LCMS (parent
molecule) C.sub.2H.sub.36ClN.sub.7O.sub.2: (ES, m/z):
[M+H].sup.+=550. .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm) .delta.
1.34-1.47 (m, 3H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 2.74-2.76 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 6H),
3.33-3.40 (d, J=22.5 Hz, 4H), 3.72-3.87 (d, J=45.6 Hz, 3H),
4.30-4.37 (m, 2H), 5.68-5.73 (m, 1H), 6.20-6.26 (m, 1H), 7.00 (s,
1H), 7.16-7.29 (m, 3H), 7.35-7.37 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.60-7.63 (t,
J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 8.27-8.29 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 2H), 8.57-8.62 (d, J=14.7
Hz, 2H), 8.75 (s, 1H), 9.90 (s, 1H), 10.59 (s, 1H).
Example 49
##STR00236##
[0393] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 049-1
##STR00237##
[0394] Sodium hydride (60%, dispersed in mineral oil) (400 mg, 16.7
mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (80 mL) in a 250 mL of
three-necked flask at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere,
and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0.degree. C. in ice-water
bath. The intermediate 048-2 (1.5 g, 6.53 mmol) as a raw material
was added to the reaction system with stirring at 0.degree. C. for
30 minutes. Methylsulfonyl chloride (MsCl) (1.1 g, 9.60 mmol) was
added dropwisely to the reaction system and then the reaction
carried out at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was
quenched by adding 200 mL of ice water, then extracted with 100 mL
of ethyl acetate 3 times. The organic phases were combined, and
sequentially washed with 100 mL of water twice and 100 mL of brine
once, and finally dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluent: EA/PE=1: 50-1:5) to give 0.8 g of the
intermediate 049-1 (40%) as a yellow solid.
[0395] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 049-4
##STR00238##
[0396] The reaction step and condition of synthesizing the compound
049-4 from the intermediate 049-1 were the same as those of the
second to fourth steps in Example 3. LCMS (049-4): 510.2.
[0397] 3. Synthesis of Compound 49
##STR00239##
[0398] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 049-4 (500 mg,
0.98 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in dichloromethane (50
mL) in 100 mL of a three-necked flask at room temperature, followed
by adding DIPEA (255 mg, 1.97 mmol). The reaction system was cooled
to 0.degree. C., and propyl chloride (89 mg, 0.98 mmol) was added
dropwisely therein at 0.degree. C. Then, the reaction was continued
for 20 minutes at 0.degree. C. After the reaction was completed,
the reaction system was concentrated and the crude product was
purified by silica gel column chromatography, and the product was
concentrated to dryness to give compound 49.
##STR00240##
[0399] The obtained product 49 was dissolved in 3 mL (0.1 M) of
aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid, followed by that the
reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and
freeze dried to give 108 mg of the hydrochloride salt of compound
49, 49.(HCl).sub.n (18%) as a yellow solid. LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.2H.sub.33N.sub.7O.sub.4S: (ES, m/z): [M+H]=564. .sup.1H-NMR:
(300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm) .delta. 10.38 (s, 1H), 9.84 (s, 1H),
8.75-8.74 (m, 1H), 8.59 (s, 1H), 8.56-8.39 (m, 3H), 7.91-7.88 (d,
J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.33 (m, 3H), 7.14-7.05 (m, 1H), 6.98 (s, 1H),
6.23-6.17 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 5.71-5.67 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (s,
1H), 6.98 (s, 3H), 3.60 (s, 3H), 3.32 (s, 4H), 2.76 (s, 6H), 2.51
(s, 1H).
Example 50
##STR00241##
[0401] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 050-2
##STR00242##
[0402] 200 mL of concentrated hydrochloric acid and the
intermediate 050-1 (2.0 g, 13.1 mmol) were sequentially added into
a 500 mL single-necked flask under nitrogen, and then the reaction
system was heated to 85.degree. C. overnight. After the reaction
was completed, the reaction system was cooled to room temperature,
and directly concentrated to dryness to give 1.3 g of the
intermediate 050-2 (74%) as a white solid. LCMS: 135.0
[0403] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 050-3
##STR00243##
[0404] 25 mL of isopropyl alcohol, the intermediates 001-5 (1.3 g,
9.69 mmol) and 050-2 (718 mg, 4.82 mmol), and DIPEA (5.0 g, 38.7
mmol) were sequentially added into a 50 mL of single-necked flask
under nitrogen, and then the reaction system was heated to
45.degree. C. overnight. After the reaction was completed, the
reaction system was cooled to a room temperature, quenched by
adding 100 mL of ice water, extracted with 200 mL of
dichloromethane three times. The organic phases were combined and
backwashed back with 500 mL of saturated brine three times, dried
over sodium sulfate, concentrated to dryness, so as to give the
crude product. The crude product was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluent: DCM/MeOH=3:1-1:1). The product was
concentrated to dryness to give 0.650 g of the intermediate 050-3
(27%) as a yellow solid. LCMS: 247.0.
[0405] 3. Synthesis of Compound 50
[0406] The reaction steps and conditions of synthesizing the
compound 50 and hydrochloride (HCl) of compound 50 from the
intermediate 050-3 were the same as those of the third step to the
sixth step in Example 48, except that the intermediate 048-3 in the
example 48 was replaced with the intermediate 050-3 in the this
step. The analysis data of the hydrochloride (HCl) of compound 50:
LCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.26H.sub.30N.sub.8O.sub.3: (ES, m/z):
[M+H].sup.+=503. .sup.1H-NMR: (300 MHz, DMSO-d, ppm) .delta. 2.67
(s, 3H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 3.29-3.36 (m, 4H), 3.83 (s,
3H), 4.08 (s, 3H), 5.66-5.70 (m, 1H), 6.15-6.21 (m, 1H), 7.02 (s,
1H), 7.14-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.35-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.53-7.55 (m, 1H),
7.82-7.84 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 8.28-8.30 (m, 1H), 9.97
(s, 1H), 10.63-10.65 (br s, 1H).
Example 51
##STR00244##
[0408] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 051-2
##STR00245##
[0409] The intermediate 051-1 (10.0 g, 54.7 mmol) as a raw material
was dissolved in DMF (500 mL) in a 1000 mL of four-necked flask at
room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere, then sequentially
adding potassium hydroxide (19.0 g, 338.6 mmol) and iodine (21.5 g,
84.8 mmol). Then, the reaction was carried out overnight at room
temperature. After the reaction was completed, 500 mL of a 10%
aqueous solution of sodium thiosulfate was added to the reaction
mixture to quench the reaction. The reaction mixture was extracted
with 500 mL of ethyl acetate three times. The organic phases were
combined and washed with 500 mL of saturated brine once, then dried
over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to give 15.3 g of
crude product 051-2 (74%) as an off-white solid. LCMS: 245.0.
[0410] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 051-3
##STR00246##
[0411] The intermediate 051-2 (4.0 g, 16.4 mmol) as a raw material
was dissolved in 60 mL of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran in 250 mL of a
three-necked flask at room temperature, and the reaction was cooled
to 0-5.degree. C. with ice-salt. After sodium hydride (720 Mg, 30.0
mmol) was added into the reaction system, the reaction system was
maintained at an internal temperature of 0-5.degree. C. and stirred
for 1 h. Next, iodoethane (3.1 g, 19.9 mmol) was added to the
reaction system at 0-5.degree. C. followed by stirring for 3h.
After the reaction was completed, the reaction was quenched by
adding 100 mL of water. The reaction mixture was extracted three
times with 150 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic phases were
combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated to
dryness. The crude product was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluent: EA:PE=1:50) to give 3.6 g of the
intermediate 051-3 (81%) as a pale yellow oil. LCMS: 273.0
[0412] 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 051-4
##STR00247##
[0413] The intermediate 051-3 (3.6 g, 13.2 mmol) as a raw material
was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (50 mL) in 250 mL of a three-necked
flask under nitrogen, followed by sequentially adding
hexamethylditin (5.19 g, 15.84 mmol) and
tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (1.5 g, 1.30 mmol) into the
reaction system. Then, the reaction was heated to 105.degree. C.
and maintained overnight. After the reaction was completed, the
reaction system was cooled to 25.degree. C. with ice-water. The
reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness and the resulting
residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent:
PE/EA=60:1) to give 1.9 g of the intermediate 051-4 (46%) as yellow
oil. LCMS: 311.0.
[0414] 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 051-5
##STR00248##
[0415] The intermediate 001-5 (1.9 g, 6.15 mmol) as a raw material
was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (50 mL) in 100 mL of a three-necked
flask at room temperature under nitrogen, followed by sequentially
adding the intermediate 051-4 (0.9 g, 6.04 mmol) and
tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0.71 g, 0.61 mmol) into the
reaction system. Then, the reaction was heated to 105.degree. C.
and maintained overnight. After the reaction system was cooled to
25.degree. C. with ice-water, the reaction mixture was concentrated
to dryness. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluent: PE:EA=25:1) to give 680 mg of the
intermediate 051-5 (43%) as a yellow solid. LCMS: 259.1.
[0416] 5. Synthesis of Compound 51
##STR00249## ##STR00250##
[0417] The reaction steps and conditions of synthesizing the
compound 51 and hydrochloride (HCl).sub.n of compound 51 from the
intermediate 051-5 were the same as those of the sixth step to the
ninth step in Example 1, except that the intermediate 001-6 in the
example 1 was replaced with the intermediate 051-5 in the this
step. The analysis data of the hydrochloride (HCl) of compound 51:
LCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.28H.sub.34N.sub.8O.sub.2: (ES, m/z)
[M+H].sup.+=515. .sup.1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6, ppm) .delta.
10.44 (s, 1H), 9.92 (s, 1H), 9.03 (m, 1H), 8.38-8.44 (m, 3H),
7.77-7.80 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.19
(m, 1H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 6.16-6.22 (m, 1H), 5.67-5.70 (m, 1H),
4.59-4.67 (m, 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.34 (s, 4H), 2.75-2.76 (m, 6H),
2.65 (s, 3H), 1.45-1.50 (m, 3H).
Example 52
##STR00251##
[0419] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 052-4
##STR00252##
[0420] The intermediate 052-1 (3.16 g, 19.9 mmol), dichloromethane
(150 mL) and DMF (0.3 mL) were added to a 250 mL of three-necked
flask under nitrogen. The reaction system was cooled to 0.degree.
C., and the intermediate 052-2 (3.02 g, 23.8 mmol) was added
thereto, then the reaction was carried out for 2h. Next, DIPEA
(12.9 g, 99.8 mmol) and intermediate 052-3 (2.44 g, 20.0 mmol) were
added at 0.degree. C., and the reaction was warmed up to room
temperature and carried out overnight. 100 mL of ice water was
added to quench the reaction, and the reaction mixture was
extracted with 200 mL of DCM three times. The organic phases were
combined and washed three times with 300 mL of saturated brine, and
concentrated to dryness. The crude product was purified by silica
gel column chromatography (eluent: EA/PE=1:5-1:1) to give 2.0 g of
intermediate 052-4 (38%) as a white solid. LCMS: 263.1.
[0421] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 052-5
##STR00253##
[0422] 30 mL of phosphorus oxychloride and the intermediate 052-4
(2.0 g, 7.61 mmol) were sequentially added to a 100 mL of
single-necked flask at room temperature under nitrogen, and then
the reaction mixture was heated to 110.degree. C. and maintained
overnight. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and then 100
mL of ice water was added to quench the reaction. The reaction
mixture was extracted with 100 mL of methylene chloride three
times. The organic phases were combined and backwashed with 200 mL
of saturated brine three times, dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate, concentrated to dryness. The crude product was purified by
silica gel column chromatography (elution: DCM/MeOH=20:1-10:1) to
give 1.14 g of the intermediate 052-5 (61%) as a white solid. LCMS:
245.1.
[0423] 3. Synthesis of Compound 52
##STR00254## ##STR00255##
[0424] The reaction steps and conditions of synthesizing the
compound 52 and hydrochloride (HCl).sub.n of compound 52 from the
intermediate 052-5 were the same as those of the six step to the
ninth step in Example 1, except that the intermediate 001-6 in the
example 1 was replaced with the intermediate 052-5 in the this
step. The analysis data of the hydrochloride (HCl) of compound 52:
LCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.27H.sub.32N.sub.8O.sub.2 (ES, m/z):
[M+H].sup.+=501. .sup.1H-NMR: (300 MHz, DMSO-d.sub.6, ppm) .delta.
2.58 (s, 3H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.74 (s, 3H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 3.26-3.48
(m, 4H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 5.15-5.69 (m, 1H), 6.15-6.21 (m, 1H), 7.02
(s, 1H), 7.14-7.33 (m, 3H), 7.55-7.58 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1H), 7.96-7.99
(d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 8.23-8.25 (m, 2H), 9.70-9.78 (br s, 1H), 10.00 (s,
1H), 10.25-10.29 (m, 1H), 10.72 (br s, 1H).
Example 53
##STR00256##
[0426] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 053-3
##STR00257##
[0427] The intermediate 053-1 (2.47 g, 20.0 mmol) as a raw material
was dissolved in 30 mL of 1,2-dichloroethane (DCE) in 100 mL of a
three-necked flask at room temperature, followed by adding the
intermediate 053-2 (2.60 g, 15.0 mmol) and at room temperature,
adding sodium triacetoxyborohydride (NaBH(OAc).sub.3) in batches.
After stirring 3 h at room temperature, the reaction was completed.
The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was rotovapped.
The obtained mixture was extracted with 30 mL of ethyl acetate
three times. Next, the resulting mixture was extracted three times
with 30 mL of ethyl acetate, and the organic phases were combined,
dried over sodium sulfate and subjected to rotary evaporation. The
resulting residue was purified with Pre-HPLC (column: C18 silica
gel; mobile phase: acetonitrile/water (5% trifluoroacetic acid);
10% acetonitrile to 50% acetonitrile; 30 min; detection wavelength:
220 nm) to give 3.0 g of the intermediate 053-3 (61%) as a yellow
oil. LCMS: 245.2.
[0428] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 053-4
##STR00258##
[0429] The intermediate 053-3 (3.0 g, 12.3 mmol) as a raw material
was dissolved in 100 mL of dichloromethane at room temperature and
then 3 mL of trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) was added to the system.
Next, the reaction was carried out at room temperature for 2 h.
After the reaction was completed, the reaction system was subjected
to rotary evaporation to give 2.0 g of the intermediate 053-4 (67%)
as a brown oil. LCMS: 145.1.
[0430] 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 053-5
##STR00259##
[0431] The intermediate 0534 (1.2 g, 4.95 mmol) as a raw material
was dissolved in 20 mL of NMP at room temperature in a 50 mL of
single-necked flask, followed by adding the intermediate 006-5
(19.5 g, 49.6 mmol) and anhydrous potassium carbonate (2.06 g, 14.9
mmol) into the reaction system. The reaction was heated to
100.degree. C. and then carried out for 2 h. After the reaction was
completed, the reaction was quenched by adding 100 mL of ice water
to the mixture. A solid was precipitated, collected, dissolved in
200 mL of methylene chloride and washed once with 100 mL of
saturated sodium chloride solution. The organic phases were dried
over sodium sulfate and spin-dried to give 1.2 g of the
intermediate 053-5 (47%) as a brown solid. LCMS: 518.2.
[0432] 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 053-6
##STR00260##
[0433] The intermediate 053-5 (0.50 g, 0.97 mmol) as a raw material
was dissolved in 40 mL of dichloromethane in a 100 mL of
single-necked flask at room temperature and then imidazole (528 mg,
7.76 mmol) was added to the reaction solution. The reaction system
was cooled to 0.degree. C.,
tert-butyldimethylsilyltrifluoromethanesulfonate (TBSOTf) (2.56 g,
9.68 mmol) was added thereto and the mixture was stirred overnight
at room temperature. After the reaction was completed, the mixture
was diluted with 100 mL of methyl chloride. The organic phases were
washed with 40 mL of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution three
times and 30 mL of saturated sodium chloride solution twice,
respectively. The organic phases were dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate and concentrated to dryness. The resulting residue was
purified by silica gel chromatography (eluent: EA:PE=1:1) to give
210 mg of the intermediate 053-6 (34%) as a red solid. LCMS:
632.3.
[0434] 5. Synthesis of Intermediate 053-7
##STR00261##
[0435] The intermediate 053-6 (210 mg, 0.33 mmol) as a raw material
was dissolved in 30 mL of anhydrous methanol in a 50 mL
single-necked flask, followed by adding ammonium formate (210 mg)
and palladium on carbon (210 mg, 5% Pd). Next, the reaction was
carried out for 3h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the
filtrate was subjected to rotary evaporation. The resulting mixture
was dissolved in 50 mL of methylene chloride. The mixture was
washed with 30 mL of saturated brine twice and the organic phases
were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to dryness to give
195 mg of the intermediate 053-7 (97%) as a yellow solid. LCMS:
602.4.
[0436] 6. Synthesis of Intermediate 053-8
##STR00262##
[0437] In a 50 mL of three-necked flask, the intermediate 053-7
(195 mg, 0.32 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 30 mL of
THF, followed by adding DIPEA (83 mg, 0.64 mmol). The reaction
system was cooled to 0.degree. C. with ice water, and then acryloyl
chloride (29.2 mg, 0.32 mmol) was added thereto. Next, the mixture
was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. After the reaction was
completed, 2 drops of water were added to the reaction system to
quench the reaction and subjected to rotary evaporation to give 300
mg of crude product 053-8. LCMS: 656.4.
[0438] 7. Synthesis of Compound 53
##STR00263##
[0439] The intermediate 053-8 (0.3 g, 0.46 mmol) as a raw material
was dissolved in 40 mL of THF at room temperature followed by
addition of tetrabutylammonium fluoride (360 mg, 13.1 mmol), and
then the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 h. After
the reaction was completed, the reaction was subjected to rotary
evaporation. The resulting residue was purified with high pressure
Prep-HPLC (column: Waters Sunfire C18, 19.times.150 mm, 5 um;
mobile phase: acetonitrile/water (0.05% trifluoroacetic acid); 12%
acetonitrile to 40% acetonitrile; 7 min; 15 mL/min; detection
wavelength: 254 nm). The fractions of product were collected and
most of the acetonitrile was removed. The pH value of mixture was
adjusted to 9 to 10 with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium
bicarbonate, and extracted twice with 100 mL of DCM. The organic
phase extracted dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, to give
compound 53. LCMS: 541.64.
##STR00264##
[0440] The compound 53 was dissolved in 10 mL of aqueous solution
of hydrochloric acid (0.1 N), then the reaction mixture was freeze
dried to give 8.3 mg of the hydrochloride (HCl) of compound 53 (3%)
as a yellow solid. LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.3H.sub.35N.sub.7O.sub.3: (ES, m/z): 542.6 [M+H].sup.+.
.sup.1H-NMR: (300 MHz, D.sub.2O, ppm) .delta.7.91 (s, 2H), 7.74 (s,
1H), 7.66-7.45 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.17 (m, 2H), 7.04-6.98 (m, 2H),
6.72-6.60 (m, 1H), 6.58-6.55 (m, 1H), 6.30 (d, J=17.1 Hz, 1H), 5.88
(d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (s, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.83-3.60 (m, 2H),
3.50 (s, 3H), 3.39 (s, 5H), 3.27-3.07 (m, 2H), 2.70 (s, 2H),
2.64-1.99 (m, 2H).
Example 54
##STR00265##
[0442] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 054-3
##STR00266##
[0443] The raw material of N--BOC-(methylamino)acetaldehyde (the
intermediate 054-1) (1.039 g, 6.00 mmol) was dissolved in 30 mL of
DCE in a 50 mL single-necked flask under a nitrogen atmosphere at
0.degree. C., followed by adding N-(2-methoxyethyl) methylamine
(the intermediate 054-2) (534 mg, 5.99 mmol). After the reaction
mixture was stirred at 0.degree. C. for 30 minutes, NaBH(OAc).sub.3
(1.908 g, 6.00 mmol) was slowly added to the reaction system in
batches, and then the reaction was carried out at 0.degree. C. for
1 hour. The reaction was heated to 25.degree. C. and maintained for
8 hours. After the reaction was completed, 50 mL of ice water was
added to quench the reaction. The reaction mixture was extracted
with 20 mL of ethyl acetate three times. The combined organic
phases were washed with 20 mL of saturated brine once, dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to dryness to give 0.7 g
of the intermediate 054-3 (47%) as a crude oil in yellow. LCMS:
246.3.
[0444] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 054-4
##STR00267##
[0445] The intermediate 054-3 (700 mg, 2.84 mmol) was dissolved in
20 mL of anhydrous methanol in a 50 mL single-necked flask at room
temperature. 3 mL of concentrated hydrochloric acid was slowly
added to the reaction system under ice bath and the reaction was
carried out for 2 h. After the reaction was completed, the system
was concentrated to dryness to give 0.4 g of crude product 054-4 as
a yellow solid. LCMS: 182.6.
[0446] 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 054-5
##STR00268##
[0447] The intermediate 054-4 (400 mg, 1.02 mmol) as a raw material
was dissolved in 5 mL of NMP in 100 mL three-necked flask at room
temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere, followed by sequentially
adding the intermediate 006-5 (400 mg, 2.37 mmol) and
K.sub.2C.sub.03 (907 mg, 6.56 mmol) into the reaction system. The
reaction system was heated to 105.degree. C. and carried out for 2
hours. After completion of the reaction, the reaction was cooled to
room temperature, quenched by adding 30 mL of water. The reaction
mixture was extracted with 30 mL of ethyl acetate three times. The
organic phases were combined, washed with 30 mL of saturated brine
three times, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated
to dryness. The residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluent: DCM/MeOH=15:1) to give 100 mg of the
intermediate 054-5 (19%) as a white solid. LCMS: 519.6.
[0448] 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 054-6
##STR00269##
[0449] The intermediate 054-5 (100 mg, 0.19 mmol) was dissolved in
10 mL of anhydrous methanol in a 50 mL single-necked flask at room
temperature, followed by adding Pd/C containing water (200 mg, 5%
Pd) and ammonium formate (200 mg, 0.38 mmol) into the reaction
system. The reaction was carried out at room temperature for 2h.
After the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was
undergone a sucking filtration and the filtrate was collected and
concentrated to dryness to give 80 mg of the intermediate 054-6
(85%) as a white solid. LCMS: 489.6.
[0450] 5. Synthesis of Compound 54
##STR00270##
[0451] The intermediate 054-6 (62 mg, 0.48 mmol) as a raw material
was dissolved in 10 mL of dichloromethane in a 50 mL single-necked
flask at -5.degree. C., then adding DIPEA (62 mg, 0.48 mmol). And
then allyl chloride (13 mg, 0.14 mmol) was added dropwisely to the
reaction system. Next, the reaction was carried out at 0.degree. C.
for 2h. After completion of the reaction, the reaction system was
quenched with 1 mL of water, the reaction mixture was concentrated
to dryness, and the residue was purified by high pressure
preparation Prep-HPLC(Column: Waters X-bridge RP18, 19.times.150
mm, 5 um; mobile phase: water (10 mM NH.sub.4HCO.sub.3+0.05%
ammonia)/acetonitrile, 56% acetonitrile to 61% acetonitrile, 7 min,
20 mL/min; detection wavelength: 254 nm), and the resulting organic
phases were subjected to rotary evaporation to give compound
54.
##STR00271##
[0452] The compound 54 was dissolved in the aqueous solution of
hydrochloric acid solution (1 M), and the reaction mixture was
stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and freeze dried to give
12.3 mg of the hydrochloride of compound 54 (13%) as a yellow
solid. LCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.30H.sub.37N.sub.7O.sub.3: (ES,
m/z): 544 [M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR: (DMSO-D.sub.6, 300 MHz, ppm)
810.34-10.31 (m, 1H), 9.89 (s, 1H), 8.80 (s, 1H), 8.39-8.23 (m,
3H), 7.58-7.61 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.33 (m, 2H),
7.03-7.13 (m, 2H), 6.20-6.25 (m, 1H), 5.70-5.74 (m, 1H), 3.93 (s,
4H), 3.85 (s, 4H), 3.70 (s, 4H), 3.30 (s, 3H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 2.80
(s, 3H), 2.73 (s, 3H).
Example 55
##STR00272##
[0454] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 055-2
##STR00273##
[0455] The intermediate 055-1 (2 g, 15.13 mmol) was dissolved in
100 mL of tetrahydrofuran (THF) in a 250 mL three-necked flask at
room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere, then adding NaH (65%)
(620 mg, 25.83 mmol) in batches at room temperature. Next, the
reaction was maintained at room temperature for h. After the
reaction mixture was cooled to 0.degree. C., the intermediate 001-5
(3.36 g, 22.55 mmol) was added thereto and the reaction was carried
out for 2h. After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture
was quenched by adding 100 mL of ice water. The mixture was
extracted with 100 mL of ethyl acetate three times. The organic
phases were combined and washed with 50 mL of saturated brine three
times, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The
crude product was purified through silica gel column chromatography
(EA 1 PE=1: 10-1:3) to give 1.5 g of the intermediate 055-2 (41%)
as a pale yellow solid. LCMS: 245.0.
[0456] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 055-3
##STR00274##
[0457] The intermediate 055-2 (1.5 g, 6.13 mmol) as a raw material
was dissolved in 150 mL of isopropanol in a 250 mL three-necked
flask under nitrogen atmosphere, followed by sequentially adding
the intermediate 006-4 (1.13 g, 6.07 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonate
acid (1.13 g, 6.07 mmol) into the reaction system. The reaction was
heated to 105.degree. C. and carried out for 2 h. After the
reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was cooled to room
temperature, and filtered by suction. The filter cake was
collected, sequentially washed with 30 mL of water twice and 30 mL
of n-hexane twice, and dried to give 2 g of the intermediate 055-3
(83%) as a yellow solid. LC MS: 381.0.
[0458] 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 055-4
##STR00275##
[0459] The intermediate 055-3 (2.0 g, 5.07 mmol) as a raw material
was dissolved in 60 mL of NMP in a 100 mL three-necked flask at
room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere, then adding
N,N,N'-trimethylethylenediamine (680 mg, 6.66 mmol) and anhydrous
potassium carbonate (2.1 g, 15.2 mmol) into the reaction system.
The reaction was heated to 100.degree. C. and carried out for 2 h.
After the reaction was completed, the reaction was cooled to room
temperature and quenched by adding 200 mL of ice water to the
reaction mixture. The mixture was filtered by suction, and the
filter cake was collected, sequentially washed with 50 mL of water
twice and 50 mL of n-hexane twice. The reaction mixture was dried
to give 1.2 g of the intermediate 055-4 (50%) as a brown solid.
LCMS: 477.0.
[0460] 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 055-5
##STR00276##
[0461] The intermediate 055-4 (1.2 g, 2.52 mmol), iron powder (853
mg, 15.3 mmol) and ammonium chloride (93 mg, 2.53 mmol) were
sequentially added into 12 mL of ethanol and 4 mL of water in a 50
mL three-necked flask at room temperature under a nitrogen
atmosphere. Next, the reaction was carried out at 80.degree. C. for
overnight. After the reaction was completed, the reaction system
was cooled to room temperature. The mixture was filtered by
suction, and the filtrate was collected, concentrated to dryness.
The crude product was purified by flash chromatography
(chromatography column: C18 silica gel; mobile phase:
acetonitrile/water (0.05% trifluoroacetic acid); 35% acetonitrile
to 50% acetonitrile; 15 min; detection wavelength: 254 nm) to give
1.02 g of the intermediate 055-5 (72%) as a yellow solid. LCMS:
447.0.
[0462] 5. Synthesis of Compound 55
##STR00277##
[0463] The intermediate 055-6 (280 mg, 0.50 mmol) as a raw material
was dissolved in 20 mL of anhydrous THF at room temperature in a
100 mL three-necked flask at room temperature under a nitrogen
atmosphere, followed by adding N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA)
(193.5 mg, 1.50 mmol). After the reaction mixture was cooled to
0.degree. C., acetyl chloride (40.5 mg, 0.45 mmol) was dissolved in
2 mL of tetrahydrofuran at 0.degree. C. and the resulting solution
was added dropwisely to the reaction system. Next, the reaction was
stirred at 0.degree. C. for 1 h. After the reaction was completed,
the mixture was quenched with 1 mL of water and the residue was
concentrated to dryness. The crude product was purified by high
pressure preparation HPLC (column: Waters X-bridge RP 18,
19.times.150 mm, mobile phase: water (10 mM NH.sub.4HCO.sub.3+0.05%
ammonia)/acetonitrile, 50% acetonitrile to 57% acetonitrile, 5 min,
20 mL/min; detection wavelength: 254 nm). The resulting organic
phases were subjected to rotary evaporation to give compound 55.
LCMS: 501.0.
##STR00278##
[0464] Compound 55 was dissolved in 7.2 mL of 0.01 M aqueous
solution of hydrochloric acid, and freeze dried to give 20 mg of
the hydrochloride (HCl).sub.n of compound 55 as a yellow solid.
LCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.27H.sub.32N.sub.8O.sub.2: (ES, m/z):
501 [M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR: (DMSO-D.sub.6, 300 MHz, ppm):
11.09-11.17 (m, 1H), 10.82 (br s, 1H), 10.14 (br s, 1H), 8.27 (br
s, 1H), 8.12-8.15 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.92-7.94 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H),
7.62-7.67 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.04 (s,
1H), 6.91 (br s, 1H), 6.10-6.16 (m, 1H), 5.62-5.66 (m, 1H), 3.86
(s, 3H), 3.40 (m, 4H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 2.74 (s, 3H), 2.68 (s, 3H),
2.66 (s, 3H).
Example 56
##STR00279##
[0466] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 056-2
##STR00280##
[0467] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 2-nitroacetophenone 056-1 (8.5
g, 51.47 mmol) was added to 80 mL of DMF in a 250 mL three-necked
flask at room temperature, followed by adding DMF-DMA (8.0 g, 67.2
mmol) into the reaction system. The reaction temperature was heated
to 110.degree. C. for 2 h. After detecting the reaction was
completed, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. The
reaction was quenched with 100 mL of ice water and extracted with
100 mL of ethyl acetate three times. The organic phases were
collected, washed with saturated brine three times, dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate three times and concentrated. The residue
was washed with 200 mL of n-hexane once and filtered by suction.
The filter cake was collected and dried to give 7.6 g of the
intermediate 056-2 (67%) as a yellow solid. LCMS: 166.0.
[0468] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 056-4
##STR00281##
[0469] The intermediate 056-2 (75.6 g, 34.5 mmol) was dissolved in
100 mL of anhydrous ethanol in a 250 mL three-necked flask at room
temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere, followed by adding
cyclohexene (the intermediate 056-3) (14.2 g, 172.9 mmol) and
palladium on carbon containing water (18.7 g, 10% Pd) into the
reaction system at room temperature. The reaction was heated to
reflux for 2 h. After the reaction was completed, the mixture was
cooled to room temperature and then filtered by suction. The
filtrate was collected and concentrated to dryness. The residue was
washed with 100 mL of the mixed solvent (EA/PE=1:2) once. The solid
was filtered by suction, and the filter cake was dried to give 4.2
g of the intermediate 056-4 (84%) as a yellow solid. LCMS:
146.1.
[0470] 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 056-5
##STR00282##
[0471] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 056-4 (3.0 g,
20.7 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 50 mL of
N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) in a 100 mL single-necked flask at room
temperature, and then the reaction system was cooled to 0.degree.
C. and NaH (65%, dispersed in a mineral oil) (2.3 g, 95.8 mmol) was
added thereto. The reaction was maintained at 0.degree. C. for 30
min. Next, 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (the intermediate 001-5) (6.0 g,
40.3 mmol) was dissolved in 50 mL of DMF and the resulting solution
was added dropwisely to the reaction system at 0.degree. C. The
reaction was carried out at 0.degree. C. for 2h until the reaction
was detected to confirm the reaction was completed. The reaction
mixture was poured into 100 mL of aqueous solution of saturated
ammonium chloride to quench the reaction, and the system was
extracted with 100 mL of ethyl acetate three times. The organic
phases were combined, washed with 100 mL of saturated brine three
times, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated. The
crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (column:
silica gel; mobile phase: ethyl acetate/petroleum ether; 50% ethyl
acetate to 85% ethyl acetate; 30 min; detection wavelength: 254 nm)
to give 1 g of the intermediate 056-5 (19%) as a white solid. LCMS:
258.0.
[0472] 4. Synthesis of Compound 56
##STR00283## ##STR00284##
[0473] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of final
compound 56 and its hydrochloride 56. (HCl).sub.n from the
intermediate 056-5 were the same as those in the second and third
steps of example 55, except that the intermediate 055-3 in example
55 was replaced with the intermediate 056-5. Analytical data for
the hydrochloride 56.(HCl).sub.n: LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.28H.sub.31N.sub.7O.sub.3: (ES, m/z): 514 [M+H].sup.+.
.sup.1H-NMR: (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm) .delta. 10.45 (br s, 1H),
9.73 (s, 1H), 8.92 (s, 1H), 8.67-8.65 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.35 (s,
1H), 8.30-8.28 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.21-8.19 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H)
7.71-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.7.42 (m, 4H), 7.17-7.02 (m, 2H), 6.92 (s,
1H), 6.28-6.22 (m, 2H), 5.73-5.60 (dd, J=10.2 Hz, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 3.88
(s, 3H), 327 (m, 4H), 2.72-2.71 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 6H), 2.65 (s,
3H).
Example 57
##STR00285##
[0475] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 057-2
##STR00286##
[0476] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, deuterated dimethylamine
hydrochloride (1.5 g, 17.2 mmol) was added to 50 mL of
1,2-dichloroethane in a 100 mL three-necked flask at room
temperature, then adding the intermediate 057-1 (3.0 g, 17.3 mmol)
into the reaction system. The reaction was carried out at room
temperature for 2 h. After the reaction system was cooled to
0.degree. C., sodium triacetoxyborohydride (5.5 g, 26.0 mmol) was
added in batches and the reaction was heated from 0.degree. C. to
room temperature. Then, the reaction was stirred overnight. After
detecting the reaction was completed the next day, the reaction was
quenched with 100 mL of saturated aqueous solution of ammonium
chloride, and the reaction mixture was extracted with 100 mL of
methylene chloride twice. The aqueous phases were collected,
adjusted to pH 9 with saturated aqueous solution of sodium
carbonate, extracted with 100 mL of methylene chloride three times,
and the organic phases were combined, washed with 100 mL of
saturated brine twice, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
concentrated to dryness to give 0.80 g of the intermediate 057-2
(22%) as yellow oil. LCMS: 209.2.
[0477] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 057-3
##STR00287##
[0478] The intermediate 057-2 (800 mg, 3.85 mmol) as a raw material
was dissolved in 10 mL of anhydrous methanol in a 50 mL
single-necked flask at room temperature, followed by adding 10 mL
of concentrated hydrochloric acid into the reaction system at room
temperature. The reaction was carried out for 5 h at room
temperature. After detecting the reaction was completed, the
reaction mixture was concentrated directly to give 0.60 g of the
intermediate 057-3 (87%) as a white solid. LCMS: 109.2.
[0479] 3. Synthesis of Compound 57
##STR00288##
[0480] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of final
compound 57 and its hydrochloride 57.(HCl).sub.n from the
intermediates 037-3 and 057-3 were the same as those in the second
to fifth steps of example 55, except that the intermediate 055-3 in
example 55 was replaced with the intermediate 037-3 and the
intermediate 001-10 in example 55 was replaced with the
intermediate 057-3. Analytical data for the hydrochloride
57.(HCl).sub.n: LCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.29H.sub.31 D.sub.6
N.sub.7O.sub.2: (ES, m/z): 522.3 [M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR: (300
MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm) .delta. 10.06 (br s, 1H) 9.92-9.97 (m, 2H),
8.08-8.24 (m, 3H), 7.32-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.26 (m, 3H), 7.02 (s,
1H), 6.17-6.23 (br s, 1H), 5.67-5.71 (m, 1H), 3.99 (m, 2H), 3.83
(s, 3H), 3.35 (m, 4H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 1.33 (s, 6H).
Example 58
##STR00289##
[0482] 1. Synthesis of Compound 58
##STR00290##
[0483] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of final
compound and its hydrochloride 58.(HCl).sub.n from the
intermediates 040-2 and 057-3 were the same as those in the third
to fifth steps of example 55, except that the intermediate 055-3 in
example 55 was replaced with the intermediate 040-3 and the
intermediate 001-10 in example 55 was replaced with the
intermediate 057-3. Analytical data for the hydrochloride
58.(HCl).sub.n: LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.27H.sub.26D.sub.6N.sub.8O.sub.3: (ES, m/z): 523.3
[M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR: (300 MHz, DMSO-D, ppm) .delta. 10.47 (br
s, 1H), 9.84 (s, 1H), 9.29-9.42 (m, 1H), 8.43-8.45 (d, J=6 Hz, 1H),
8.18 (br s, 1H), 7.83-7.51 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.10-7.25 (m, 3H),
6.99-7.04 (m, 2H), 6.17-6.23 (m, 1H), 5.67-5.71 (m, 1H), 3.75 (s,
3H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 3.33 (m, 4H), 2.73 (s, 3H).
Example 59
##STR00291##
[0485] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 059-2
##STR00292##
[0486] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 059-1 (90 g,
611.7 mmol), 1500 mL of THF, triphenylphosphine (PPh.sub.3) (176.4
g, 672.6 mmol) and tetradeuteromethanol (CD.sub.3OD) (22.5 g, 642.9
mmol) were sequentially added into a 3000 mL four-necked flask.
After the reaction was cooled to 0.degree. C., DEAD (117 g, 671.8
mmol) was added dropwisely for 1 h. The reaction was carried out at
room temperature overnight. The reaction was completed, and 5000 mL
of ice was added therein to quench the reaction. The reaction
mixture was extracted with 3000 mL of ethyl acetate three times and
the organic phases were combined, washed with 3000 mL of saturated
brine three times, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
subjected to rotary evaporation. The crude product was purified by
silica gel column chromatography (eluent: EA:PE=1:10-1:5) to give
55 g of the intermediate 059-2 (55%) as a white solid.
[0487] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate of Deuterated Methylamine
##STR00293##
[0488] The intermediate 059-2 (55 g, 335.0 mmol), water (440 mL)
and concentrated hydrochloric acid (440 mL) were sequentially added
into a 2000 mL single-necked flask. The reaction mixture was heated
to 105.degree. C. and then the reaction was carried out for 48 h.
After completion of the reaction, the reaction was cool to room
temperature. The solid was removed by filtration, and the filtrate
was concentrated to dryness. The crude product was added to 100 mL
of ethanol, the resulting mixture was heated to 75.degree. C. and
refluxed for 1 h and cooled to room temperature. The obtained solid
was filtered by suction, and the filter cake was collected and
dried to give 12 g of deuterated methylamine hydrochloride (51%) as
a white solid.
[0489] 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 059-3
##STR00294##
[0490] Deuterated methylamine hydrochloride (2.6 g, 36.86 mmol), 50
mL of methanol, triethylamine (Et.sub.3N) (3.8 g, 37.6 mmol) and
benzaldehyde (2 g, 18.9 mmol) were sequentially added to a 250 mL
three-necked flask under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction system
was cooled to 0.degree. C., tetraisopropyltitanate
(Ti(Oi-Pr).sub.4) (10.8 g, 38.0 mmol) was added dropwisely therein,
and then the reaction was carried out overnight at room
temperature. Next day, sodium borohydride (NaBH.sub.4) (1.4 g, 37.0
mmol) was added in batches and the resulting reaction mixture was
reacted for 2 h at 0.degree. C. After the reaction was completed,
20 mL of water was added therein to quench the reaction. The solid
was removed by filtration and the filtrate was collected and
concentrated. The crude product was purified by Combi-FLASH (Rapid
chromatography column analyzer) (Column, C18 silica gel; mobile
phase: water (0.05% TFA)/CH.sub.3CN=5%-15%, 12 min, detection
wavelength: 200 nm). The obtained product was collected,
concentrated, and dissolved in 100 mL of water. The resulting
product was adjusted to pH 9 with NaHCO.sub.3, and then extracted
with 100 mL of chloroform three times. The organic phases were
combined, washed with 100 mL of saturated solution of NaCl once,
dried over anhydrous Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and concentrated to give 600
mg of the intermediate 059-3 (26%) as colorless oil. LCMS:
125.1.
[0491] 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 059-5
##STR00295##
[0492] Sodium hydroxide (NaOH) (580 mg, 14.5 mmol), H.sub.2O (10
mL), dimethylamino-2-chloroethane hydrochloride 005-4 (1.4 g, 9.79
mmol) were sequentially added in a 30 mL single-necked flask, and
the reaction was carried out at room temperature for 5 min. The
intermediate 059-3 (600 mg, 4.83 mmol) was added at room
temperature for 2 h, and the reaction was carried out for 2h. After
the reaction was completed, the reaction was extracted with 50 mL
of chloroform three times. The organic phases were combined, and
washed with 50 mL of saturated solution of NaCl once, dried over
anhydrous Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and concentrated to give 300 mg as
yellow oil. LCMS: 196.2.
[0493] 5. Synthesis of Intermediate 059-6
##STR00296##
[0494] The intermediate 059-5 (300 mg, 1.54 mmol), 30 mL of
methanol, and Pd/C containing water (1.0 g, 5% Pd) were
sequentially added to the 100 mL single-necked flask, followed by
introducing hydrogen gas. The reaction was carried out at room
temperature for 3 h. After the reaction was completed, the
palladium on carbon was filtered off and the filtrate was collected
and concentrated to give 100 mg of the intermediate 059-6 as yellow
oil. LCMS: 106.2.
[0495] 6. Synthesis of Compound 59
##STR00297##
[0496] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of final
compound 58 and its hydrochloride 58. (HCl).sub.n from the
intermediates 040-2 and 059-6 were the same as those in the third
to fifth steps of example 55, except that the intermediate 055-3 in
example 55 was replaced with the intermediate 040-2 and the
intermediate 001-10 in example 55 was replaced with the
intermediate 059-6. Analytical data for the hydrochloride
59.(HCl).sub.n: LCMS C.sub.27H.sub.24D.sub.3N.sub.8O.sub.3: (ES,
m/z): 520 [M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR: (DMSO-D.sub.6, 300 MHz, ppm)
.delta. 10.03-10.31 (m, 1H), 9.78-9.87 (s, 1H), 9.00-9.21 (m, 1H),
8.43-8.45 (d, J=6 Hz, 1H), 8.17 (br s, 1H), 7.78-7.80 (m, 1H),
7.17-7.24 (m, 2H), 6.99-7.09 (m, 3H), 6.19-6.25 (m, 1H), 5.69-5.72
(m, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.32 (m, 4H), 2.75 (s, 3H),
2.76 (s, 3H).
Example 60
##STR00298##
[0498] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 060-2
##STR00299##
[0499] The intermediate 060-1 (10 g, 63.7 mmol), 100 mL of
anhydrous DMF, K.sub.2CO.sub.3 (1.3 g, 9.34 mmol) and deuterated
methyl iodide (11 g, 75.9 mmol) were sequentially added to a 250 mL
three-necked flask under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was
heated to 50.degree. C. and carried out for 2 h in an oil bath.
Then, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, quenched
with 100 mL of ice water, extracted with 100 mL of EA three times,
and filtered. The organic phases were washed with 200 mL of
saturated brine three times, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate
and concentrated to dryness to give 9.7 g of the intermediate 060-2
(88%) as a yellow solid.
[0500] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 060-3
##STR00300##
[0501] The intermediate 060-2 (9.7 g, 55.7 mmol), 240 mL of
methanol and palladium on carbon (12 g, 5%) were sequentially added
to a 500 mL single-necked flask, and then the reaction system was
replaced by hydrogen gas. After the reaction was carried out at
room temperature overnight, the palladium on carbon was filtered
off and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness to give 7.2 g of
the intermediate 060-3 (90%) as a light-colored liquid. LC-MS:
145.1.
[0502] 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 060-4
##STR00301##
[0503] The intermediate 060-3 (7.2 g, 49.9 mmol) and 64 mL of
concentrated sulfuric acid were sequentially added to a 250 mL
three-necked flask under a nitrogen atmosphere. After the reaction
was cooled to 0-10.degree. C., a concentrated nitric acid
(HNO.sub.3) (5.05 g, 50.0 mmol) was added in batches for 15 min.
The reaction was carried out at room temperature overnight. Next,
the reaction mixture was added to 500 mL of ice water to quench the
reaction, adjusted to pH 10 with ammonia, extracted with 100 mL of
EA three times, and washed with 200 mL of saturated brine three
times, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to
dryness to give 5.1 g of the intermediate 060-4 (54%) as a yellow
solid. LC-MS: 190.1.
[0504] 4. Synthesis of Compound 60
##STR00302## ##STR00303##
[0505] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of final
compound 60 and its hydrochloride 60.(HCl).sub.n from the
intermediates 040-1 and 060-4 were the same as those in the second
to fifth steps of example 55, except that the intermediate 055-2 in
example 55 was replaced with the intermediate 060-4. Analytical
data for the hydrochloride 60.(HCl).sub.n: LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.27H.sub.29D.sub.3N.sub.8O.sub.3: (ES, m/z): 520.3
[M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR: (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm) .delta.
10.21 (br s, 1H), 9.76 (s, 1H), 9.00-9.03 (m, 1H), 8.43-8.47 (d,
J=14.4 Hz, 1H), 8.12-8.17 (m, 1H), 7.75-7.77 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H),
7.16-7.24 (m, 2H), 6.98-7.06 (m, 3H), 6.19-6.25 (m, 1H), 5.69-5.73
(m, 1H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 3.32 (m, 4H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.75 (s, 3H),
2.73 (s, 3H).
Example 61
##STR00304##
[0507] 1. Synthesis of Compound 61
##STR00305## ##STR00306##
[0508] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of final
compound 61 and its hydrochloride 61.(HCl).sub.n from the
intermediates 039-5 and 057-3 were the same as those in the third
to fifth steps of example 55, except that the intermediate 055-3 in
example 55 was replaced with the intermediate 039-5 and the
intermediate 001-10 in example 55 was replaced with the
intermediate 057-3. Analytical data for the hydrochloride
61.(HCl).sub.n: LCMS (parent molecule) C.sub.26H.sub.24 D.sub.6
N.sub.8O.sub.3: (ES, m/z): 509.3 [M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR: (300
MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm) .delta. 11.49 (s, 1H), 10.33 (br, 1H), 9.81
(s, 1H), 8.40-8.42 (d, J=6 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 8.10 (m, 1H),
7.79-7.81 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 6.92-7.14 (m, 5H), 6.18-6.24 (m, 1H),
5.68-5.72 (m, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.32 (m, 4H), 2.64 (s, 3H).
Example 62
##STR00307##
[0510] 1. Synthesis of Compound 62
##STR00308## ##STR00309##
[0511] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of final
compound 62 and its hydrochloride 62.(HCl) from the intermediates
005-3 and 057-3 were the same as those in the third to fifth steps
of example 55, except that the intermediate 055-3 in example 55 was
replaced with the intermediate 005-3 and the intermediate 001-10 in
example 55 was replaced with the intermediate 057-3. Analytical
data for the hydrochloride 62.(HCl).sub.n: LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.27H.sub.27 D.sub.6 N.sub.7O.sub.2: (ES, m/z): 494.3
[M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR: (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm) .delta.
10.50 (br, 1H), 9.89-9.96 (m, 2H), 8.04-8.15 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.31 (m,
1H), 7.02-7.20 (m, 4H), 6.54 (br s, 1H), 6.16-6.22 (m, 1H),
5.66-5.70 (m, 1H), 4.17-4.23 (m, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.34 (m, 4H),
3.21-3.26 (m, 2H), 2.66 (s, 3H).
Example 63
##STR00310##
[0513] 1. Synthesis of Compound 63
##STR00311## ##STR00312##
[0514] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of final
compound 63 and its hydrochloride 63.(HCl).sub.n from the
intermediates 004-3 and 057-3 were the same as those in the third
to fifth steps of example 55, except that the intermediate 055-3 in
example 55 was replaced with the intermediate 004-3 and the
intermediate 001-10 in example 55 was replaced with the
intermediate 057-3. Analytical data for the hydrochloride
63.(HCl).sub.n: LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.28H.sub.27D.sub.6N.sub.7O.sub.2: (ES, m/z): 506 [M+H].sup.+.
.sup.1H-NMR: (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm) .delta. 10.37 (br s, 1H),
9.84 (s, 1H), 8.44-8.30 (m, 3H), 8.01 (m, 1H), 7.58-7.57 (d, J=2.1
Hz 1H), 7.24-7.07 (m, 4H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 6.25-6.19 (dd, J=17.1 Hz,
2.1 Hz, 1H), 5.72-5.68 (dd, J=9.9 Hz, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H),
3.34-3.26 (m, 4H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3H).
Example 64
##STR00313##
[0516] 1. Synthesis of Compound 64
##STR00314## ##STR00315##
[0517] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of final
compound 64 and its hydrochloride 64.(HCl).sub.n from the
intermediates 002-3 and 057-3 were the same as those in the third
to fifth steps of example 55, except that the intermediate 055-3 in
example 55 was replaced with the intermediate 002-3 and the
intermediate 001-10 in example 55 was replaced with the
intermediate 057-3. Analytical data for the hydrochloride
64.(HCl).sub.n: LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.25H.sub.23D.sub.6N.sub.9O.sub.2: (ES, m/z): 494.3
[M+H].sup.+. H-NMR: (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm) .delta. 10.26 (br,
1H), 9.49 (s, 1H), 9.18-9.21 (s, 1H), 8.59-8.61 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H),
8.41 (br s, 1H), 8.18-8.24 (m, 2H), 7.62-7.67 (m, 1H), 7.51-7.56
(m, 2H), 7.00-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.17-6.23 (m, 1H), 5.68-5.72 (m, 1H),
3.82 (s, 3H), 3.31-3.34 (m, 4H), 2.65 (s, 3H).
Example 65
##STR00316##
[0519] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 065-1
##STR00317##
[0520] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of final
compound 58 and its hydrochloride 58.(HCl).sub.n from the
intermediates 039-4 and 065-1 were the same as those in the first
step of example 40, except that iodomethane in example 40 was
replaced with deuterated methyl iodide (CD.sub.3I). LCMS:
264.1.
[0521] 2. Synthesis of Compound 65
##STR00318## ##STR00319##
[0522] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of final
compound 65 and its methanesulfonate 65.(MsOH).sub.2 from the
intermediates 065-1 and 006-4 were the same as those in the second
to fifth steps of example 40, except that the intermediate 040-1 in
example 55 was replaced with the intermediate 065-1. Analytical
data for the methanesulfonate 65.(MsOH).sub.2: LCMS (parent
molecule) C.sub.27H.sub.29 D.sub.3 N.sub.8O.sub.3: (ES, m/z): 520
[M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR (parent molecule): (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6,
ppm) .delta. 10.09 (s, 1H), 8.73 (s, 1H), 8.42-8.44 (m, 2H),
8.09-8.11 (m, 1H), 7.68-7.70 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.15-7.20 (m, 2H),
7.05 (s, 1H), 6.87-6.92 (m, 1H), 6.35-6.44 (m, 1H), 6.15-6.22 (m,
1H), 5.70-7.74 (m, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 2.89-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.75 (s,
3H), 2.32-2.36 (m, 2H), 2.21 (s, 6H). .sup.1H-NMR
(methanesulfonate): (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm) .delta. 9.24 (s,
1H), 9.15 (br s, 2H), 8.45 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 8.15-8.11 (m, 2H),
7.84-7.80 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.18 (m, 2H), 7.18-6.96 (m, 2H), 6.70-6.61
(m, 1H), 6.30-6.24 (m, 1H), 5.80-5.76 (m, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.33
(m, 4H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.51 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H),
2.35 (s, 3H).
Example 66
##STR00320##
[0524] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 066-1
##STR00321##
[0525] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 039-4 (3.7 g,
15.0 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 150 mL of anhydrous
DMF in a 250 mL three-necked flask. Then, the reaction system was
cooled to 0.degree. C., and sodium hydride (540 mg, 22.5 mmol) was
sequentially added therein. The reaction system was kept at
0.degree. C. for 1h, and then adding iodoethane (3.51 g, 22.5
mmol). Next, the reaction was carried out at room temperature
overnight. After detecting the reaction was completed, the reaction
solution was poured into 500 mL of ice water to quench the
reaction. The mixture was filtered by suction, and the filter cake
was collected and dried to give 2.8 g of compound 066-1 (68%) as a
white solid. LCMS: 275.1.
[0526] 2. Synthesis of Compound 66
##STR00322## ##STR00323##
[0527] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of final
compound 66 and its methanesulfonate 66.(MsOH).sub.3 from the
intermediates 066-1 and 006-4 were the same as those in the second
to fifth steps of example 40, except that the intermediate 040-1 in
example 40 was replaced with the intermediate 066-1. Analytical
data for the compound 66: LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.28H.sub.34N.sub.8O.sub.3: (ES, m/z): 531 [M+H].sup.+.
.sup.1H-NMR (parent molecule): (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm) .delta.
10.09 (s, 1H), 8.73 (s, 1H), 8.42-8.44 (m, 2H), 8.08-8.11 (m, 1H),
7.67-7.69 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.17 (m, 1H),
7.05 (s, 1H), 6.86-6.91 (m, 1H), 6.35-6.44 (m, 1H), 6.15-6.22 (m,
1H), 5.70-5.74 (m, 1H), 3.88-3.95 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 2.88-2.92
(m, 2H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.34-2.36 (m, 21H), 2.20 (s, 6H), 1.21-1.26
(m, 3H). .sup.1H-NMR (methanesulfonate): (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6,
ppm): 9.49 (br s, 2H), 9.28 (br s, 1H), 8.46 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H),
2.89-2.82 (s, 6H), 8.14-8.10 (m, 2H), 7.90 (d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H),
7.33-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.06 (s, 1H), 7.01-6.96 (m,
1H), 6.73-6.64 (m, 1H), 6.30-6.18 (m, 1H), 5.87-5.76 (m, 1H),
3.97-3.90 (m, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.34 (m, 4H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.38
(s, 9H), 1.27-1.25 (m, 3H).
Example 67
##STR00324##
[0529] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 067-2
##STR00325##
[0530] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 067-1 (1.1 g,
6.36 mmol) as a raw material and 2,4-dichioropyrimidine were
dissolved in 80 mL of a mixed solvent of DME/H.sub.2O (3:1) in a
250 mL three-necked flask at room temperature, followed by adding
potassium carbonate (2.9 g, 20.8 mmol) and
dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (470 mg, 0.67 mmol). The
reaction system was heated to 90.degree. C. and carried out
overnight. Next day, after detecting the reaction was completed,
and then the reaction system was cooled to room temperature. The
reaction mixture was filtrated by suction, and the filtrate was
collected, directly concentrated to dryness. The crude product was
washed with 30 mL of anhydrous ether once. The reaction mixture was
filtered by suction to collect the filter cake which was dried to
give 1.25 g of the intermediate 067-2 (77%) as a brown solid. LCMS:
242.0.
[0531] 2. Synthesis of Compound 67
##STR00326##
[0532] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of final
compound 67 from the intermediates 067-2 and 006-4 were the same as
those in the second to fifth steps of example 40, except that the
intermediate 040-1 in example 40 was replaced with the intermediate
067-2. Analytical data for the compound 67: LCMS (parent molecule):
C.sub.2H.sub.31D.sub.6N.sub.7O.sub.2: (ES, m/z): 498 [M+H].sup.+.
.sup.1H-NMR: (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm) .delta. 10.04 (s, 1H),
9.41 (s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.58-8.57 (d, J=4.8 Hz,
1H), 8.49 (s, 1H), 8.45-8.35 (m, 1H), 8.20 (m, 1H), 7.85-7.70 (m,
1H), 7.16 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 6.45-6.30 (m, 1H),
6.20-6.15 (m, 1H), 5.80-5.70 (m, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 2.84 (m, 2H),
2.70 (s, 3H), 2.28 (m, 2H), 2.18 (s, 3H).
Example 68
##STR00327##
[0534] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of final
compound 68 and its methanesulfonate were the same as those in the
third to fifth steps of example 40, except that the intermediate
040-2 in example 40 was replaced with the intermediate 066-2 and
the intermediate 001-10 in example 40 was replaced with the
intermediate 059-6.
##STR00328## ##STR00329##
[0535] Analytical data for the compound 68: LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.28H.sub.31D.sub.3N.sub.8O.sub.3: (ES, m/z): 534.3
[M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR (methanesulfonate): (300 MHz,
DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm): .delta. 9.51 (s, 1H), 9.12 (br s, 2H), 8.45 (d,
J=6 Hz, 1H), 8.15-8.10 (m, 2H), 7.80 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.23
(m, 1H), 7.20-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.04-6.95 (m, 2H), 6.70-6.61 (m, 1H),
6.30-6.25 (m, 1H), 5.80-5.76 (m, 1H), 3.97-3.90 (m, 2H), 3.82 (s,
3H), 3.32 (m, 4H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 6H),
1.27-1.22 (m, 3H).
Example 69
##STR00330##
[0537] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of final
compound 69 and its methanesulfonate were the same as those in the
third to fifth steps of example 40, except that the intermediate
040-2 in example 40 was replaced with the intermediate 066-2 and
the intermediate 001-10 in example 40 was replaced with the
intermediate 057-3.
##STR00331## ##STR00332##
[0538] Analytical data for the compound 69: LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.28H.sub.28D.sub.6N.sub.8O.sub.3: (ES, m/z): 537.3[M+H].sup.+.
.sup.1H-NMR (methanesulfonate): (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm):
.delta. 9.54 (s, 1H), 9.22 (br s, 1H), 8.87 (br s, 1H), 8.46-8.44
(m, 1H), 8.18-8.11 (m, 2H), 7.75-7.73 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.28 (m, 1H),
7.21-7.16 (m, 1H), 7.02-6.95 (m, 2H), 6.69-6.60 (m, 1H), 6.31-6.25
(m, 1H), 5.80-5.76 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.82 (m, 2H), 3.32-3.29 (m, 4H),
2.51 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 9H), 1.27-1.22 (m, 3H).
Example 70
##STR00333##
[0540] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of final
compound 70 and its methanesulfonate were the same as those in the
third to fifth steps of example 40, except that the intermediate
040-2 in example 40 was replaced with the intermediate 049-2 and
the intermediate 001-10 in example 40 was replaced with the
intermediate 057-3.
##STR00334## ##STR00335##
[0541] Analytical data for the compound 70: LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.28H.sub.27D.sub.6N.sub.7O.sub.4S: (ES, m/z): 570.3
[M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR (methanesulfonate): (300 MHz,
DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm): .delta. 9.56 (s, 1H), 9.26 (br s, 1H), 8.65 (s,
1H), 8.48-8.41 (m, 2H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 7.91 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.57
(d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.35-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.05 (s,
1H), 6.71-6.61 (m, 1H), 6.31-6.26 (m, 1H), 5.81-5.77 (m, 1H), 3.87
(s, 3H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 3.30-3.32 (m, 4H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 2.34 (s,
6H).
Example 71
##STR00336##
[0543] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of final
compound 71 and its methanesulfonate were the same as those in the
third to fifth steps of example 40, except that the intermediate
040-2 in example 40 was replaced with the intermediate 049-2 and
the intermediate 001-10 in example 40 was replaced with the
intermediate 059-6.
##STR00337## ##STR00338##
[0544] Analytical data for the compound 71: LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.28H.sub.3D.sub.3N.sub.7O.sub.4S: (ES, n/z): 567.3[M+H].sup.+.
.sup.1H-NMR (methanesulfonate): (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm):
.delta. 9.56 (s, 1H), 9.29 (br s, 1H), 8.69 (s, 1H), 8.47-8.41 (m,
2H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 8.15-8.11 (m, 2H), 7.91 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.60
(d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.34-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.05 (s,
1H), 7.18-6.96 (m, 2H), 6.72-6.63 (m, 1H), 6.31-6.25 (m, 1H),
5.80-5.77 (m, 1H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 3.32 (m, 4H), 2.83
(s, 3H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H).
Example 72
##STR00339##
[0546] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of final
compound 72 and its methanesulfonate were the same as those in the
third to fifth steps of example 40, except that the intermediate
040-2 in example 40 was replaced with the intermediate 048-4 and
the intermediate 001-10 in example 40 was replaced with the
intermediate 057-3.
##STR00340##
[0547] Analytical data for the compound 72: LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.29H.sub.29D.sub.6N.sub.7O.sub.2: (ES, m/z): 520.3[M+H].sup.+.
.sup.1H-NMR (methanesulfonate): (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm):
.delta. 9.52 (s, 1H), 9.25 (br s, 1H), 8.81 (s, 1H), 8.43-8.42 (br
s, 1H), 8.27-8.25 (m, 2H), 7.65 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=6.3
Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.08 (s, 1H),
6.77-6.68 (m, 1H), 6.32-6.25 (m, 1H), 5.81-5.77 (m, 1H), 4.38-4.24
(m, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.33 (m, 4H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.32 (s, 9H),
1.48-1.43 (m, 3H).
Example 73
##STR00341##
[0549] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of final
compound 73 and its methanesulfonate were the same as those in the
third to fifth steps of example 40, except that the intermediate
040-2 in example 40 was replaced with the intermediate 048-4 and
the intermediate 001-10 in example 40 was replaced with the
intermediate 059-6.
##STR00342##
[0550] Analytical data for the compound 72: LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.29H.sub.32D.sub.3N.sub.7O.sub.2: (ES, m/z): 517.3[M+H].sup.+.
.sup.1H-NMR (methanesulfonate): (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm):
.delta. 9.51 (s, 1H), 9.33 (br s, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.36-8.24 (br
s, 3H), 7.67-7.64 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.18 (m, 2H),
7.18-6.96 (m, 2H), 6.70-6.61 (m, 1H), 6.31-6.25 (m, 1H), 5.81-5.77
(m, 1H), 4.38-4.25 (m, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.37-3.33 (m, 4H), 2.85
(s, 3H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 6H), 1.49-1.44 (m, 3H).
Example 74
##STR00343##
[0552] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of final
compound 74 and its methanesulfonate were the same as those in the
third to fifth steps of example 40, except that the intermediate
040-2 in example 40 was replaced with the intermediate 040-2 and
the intermediate 001-10 in example 40 was replaced with the
intermediate 059-6.
##STR00344##
[0553] Analytical data for the compound 74: LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.29H.sub.32D.sub.3N.sub.72: (ES, m/z): 491.3[M+H].sup.+.
.sup.1H-NMR (methanesulfonate): (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm):
.delta. 9.55 (s, 1H), 9.25 (br s, 2H), 8.60-8.62 (m, 1H), 8.45 (br
s, 1H), 8.16-8.23 (m, 2H), 7.52-7.66 (m, 3H), 7.05 (s, 1H),
6.59-6.73 (m, 1H), 6.24-6.30 (m, 1H), 5.76-5.80 (m, 1H), 3.83 (s,
3H), 3.34 (m, 4H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 9H).
Example 76
##STR00345##
[0555] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of final
compound 76 and its methanesulfonate were the same as those in the
third to fifth steps of example 40, except that the intermediate
040-2 in example 40 was replaced with the intermediate 065-2 and
the intermediate 001-10 in example 40 was replaced with the
intermediate 059-6.
##STR00346##
[0556] Analytical data for the compound 76: LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.27H.sub.26D.sub.6 N.sub.8O.sub.3: (ES, m/z): 523.5
[M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR (methanesulfonate): (300 MHz,
DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm): .delta. 9.51 (s, 1H), 9.24-9.25 (br s, 2H),
8.44 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 8.10-8.15 (m, 2H), 7.81 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H),
7.18-7.25 (m, 2H), 6.98-7.04 (m, 2H), 6.61-6.70 (m, 1H), 6.24-6.30
(m, 1H), 5.76-5.79 (m, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.32 (m, 4H), 2.83 (s,
3H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.34 (s, 6H).
Example 101
[0557] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 101-1
##STR00347##
[0558] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 048-2 (1.5 g,
6.53 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 20 mL of anhydrous
DMF in a 100 mL three-necked flask at room temperature. The
reaction was cooled to 0.degree. C. and sodium hydride (393 mg,
9.82 mmol) was added thereto in batches. Next, the reaction was
carried out at 0.degree. C. for 0.5 h, ethylsulfonyl chloride (1.08
g, 8.41 mmol) was added into the reaction system at 0.degree. C.,
and then the reaction was carried out at room temperature for 2h.
After detecting the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture
was poured into 10 ML of ice water to quench the reaction. The
resulting mixture was extracted twice with 100 mL of ethyl acetate
(EA). The organic phases were collected and washed twice with 100
mL of brine. The organic phases were dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate and concentrated to dryness. The resulting residue was
purified with silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum
ether (PE): ethyl acetate (EA)=10:1). The product was collected and
concentrated to give 2.0 g of the intermediate 101-1 (95%) as a red
solid. LCMS: 322.
[0559] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 101-2
##STR00348##
[0560] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 20 mL of isopropyl alcohol, the
intermediate 101-1 (2.0 g, 6.22 mmol), the intermediate 001-1 (1.15
g, 6.18 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonic acid (1.39 g, 8.07 mmol) were
sequentially added into a 100 mL single-necked flask at room
temperature. Next, the reaction was heated to 105.degree. C. and
carried out for 2 h. After detecting the reaction was completed,
the reaction system was cooled to room temperature and quenched by
adding 100 mL of ice water. The reaction mixture was filtered, and
the solid was collected and dried to give 2.1 g of the intermediate
101-2 as a red solid. LCMS: 472.
[0561] 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 101-3
##STR00349##
[0562] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 101-2 (2.1 g,
4.45 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 20 mL of NMP at room
temperature in a 100 mL single-necked flask, followed by
sequentially adding N,N,N'-trimethylethylenediamine (682 mg, 6.67
mmol) and anhydrous potassium carbonate (1.85 g, 13.4 mmol) into
the reaction system. Next, the reaction system was heated to
30.degree. C., and then carried out for 24h. After detecting the
reaction was completed, the reaction system was cooled to room
temperature. The reaction mixture was poured into 200 mL of ice
water to quench the reaction. A solid was precipitated and the
reaction mixture was filtered under suction. The solid was
collected and dried to give 2 g of the intermediate 101-3 as a red
solid. LCMS: 554.
[0563] 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 101-4
##STR00350##
[0564] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 30 mL of ethanol, 10 mL of
water, the intermediate 101-3 (2.0 g, 3.36 mmol) as a raw material,
iron powder (1.21 g, 21.61 mmol) and ammonium chloride (134 mL,
2.51 mmol) were sequentially added into a 100 mL single-necked
flask at room temperature, followed by that the reaction was heated
to 85.degree. C. and carried out for 3 h. After detecting the
reaction was completed, the reaction was cooled to room
temperature. The resulting mixture was filtered by suction, and the
filtrate was collected and concentrated to dryness. The resulting
residue was purified by preparative HPLC (column: C18 silica gel;
mobile phase: acetonitrile/water (0.05% trifluoroacetic acid); 35%
acetonitrile to 50% acetonitrile; 15 min; 70 mL/min; detection
wavelength: 254 nm). The product was collected, and the combined
mixture was adjusted with a saturated solution of sodium
bicarbonate to pH=8, extracted three times with 200 mL of methylene
chloride. The organic was collected, combined, dried over anhydrous
sodium sulfate and concentrated to dryness to give 1.3 g of the
intermediate 101-4 (69%) as a green solid. LCMS: 524.
[0565] 5. Synthesis of Compound 101
##STR00351##
[0566] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 101-4 (400 mg,
0.76 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 10 mL of chloroform
at room temperature in a 50 mL single-necked flask and acrylic
anhydride (125 mg, 0.99 mmol) was added to the reaction system.
Next, the reaction was carried out at room temperature for 2h.
After detecting the reaction was completed, the reaction system was
quenched with 2 mL of ice water and concentrated to dryness. The
resulting residue was purified by high pressure HPLC (column;
Waters X-bridge C18, 19*150 mm; the mobile phase: water (0.05%
ammonia)/acetonitrile, 40% acetonitrile to 85% acetonitrile, 9
mini, 15 mL/min; detection wavelength: 254 nm). The product was
collected and concentrated to dryness to give compound 101.
##STR00352##
[0567] The compound 101 was dissolved in 2 mL of acetonitrile,
methanesulfonic acid (2.0 eq) was added thereto and the reaction
mixture was freeze dried to give 73.8 mg of methanesulfonate of the
compound 101 (13%) as a yellow solid. LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.29H.sub.35S N.sub.7O.sub.4: (ES, m/z): 578 [M+H].sup.+.
.sup.1H-NMR (methanesulfonate): (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm):
.delta. 9.56 (s, 1H), 9.25 (br s, 1H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.48-8.41 (m,
2H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 7.91 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H),
7.47-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 6.71-6.61 (m, 1H), 6.326-6.26 (m,
1H), 5.81-5.77 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.81 (s, 3H), 3.78-3.73 (s, 2H), 3.32
(m, 4H), 2.83-2.82 (s, 6H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 2.27-2.50 (s, 6H),
1.08-1.23 (m, 3H).
Example 102
[0568] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 102-1
##STR00353##
[0569] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of
compound 102-1 were the same as those in the first step of example
101, except that ethylsulfonyl chloride in example 101 was replaced
with isopropylsulfonyl chloride. LCMS: 336.
[0570] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 102-2
##STR00354##
[0571] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 20 mL of isopropyl alcohol, the
intermediate 102-1 (2.0 g, 6.55 mmol), the intermediate 006-4 (1.2
g, 6.45 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonic acid (1.47 g, 8.52 mmol) were
sequentially added into a 100 mL single-necked flask at room
temperature. Next, the reaction was heated to 105.degree. C. and
carried out for 2 h. After detecting the reaction was completed,
the reaction system was cooled to room temperature and quenched by
adding 100 mL of ice water. The reaction mixture was filtered, and
the solid was collected and dried to give 2.1 g of the intermediate
102-2 as a red solid. LCMS: 486.
[0572] 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 102-3
##STR00355##
[0573] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 102-3 (2.1 g,
4.33 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 20 mL of NMP at room
temperature in a 100 mL single-necked flask, followed by
sequentially adding N,N,N'-trimethylethylenediamine (662 mg, 6.48
mmol) and anhydrous potassium carbonate (1.85 g, 13.82 mmol) into
the reaction system. Next, the reaction system was heated to
30.degree. C., and then carried out for 24h. After detecting the
reaction was completed, the reaction system was cooled to room
temperature. The reaction mixture was poured into 200 mL of ice
water to quench the reaction. The reaction mixture was filtered and
the solid was collected and dried to give 2 g of the intermediate
102-3 (81%) as a red solid. LCMS: 568.
[0574] 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 1024
##STR00356##
[0575] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 30 mL of ethanol, 10 mL of
water, the intermediate 102-3 (2.0 g, 3.52 mmol) as a raw material,
iron powder (1.18 g, 21.1 mmol) and ammonium chloride (143 mL, 2.67
mmol) were sequentially added into a 100 mL single-necked flask at
room temperature, followed by that the reaction was heated to
85.degree. C. and carried out for 3 h. After detecting the reaction
was completed, the reaction was cooled to room temperature. The
resulting mixture was filtered by suction, and the filtrate was
collected and concentrated to dryness. The resulting residue was
purified by Comi-Flash-HPLC (column: C18 silica gel; mobile phase:
acetonitrile/water (0.05% trifluoroacetic acid); 35% acetonitrile
to 50% acetonitrile; 15 min; 70 mL/min; detection wavelength: 254
nm). The product was collected, and the combined mixture was
adjusted with a saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate to pH=8,
extracted three times with 200 mL of methylene chloride. The
organic was collected, combined, dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate and concentrated to dryness to give 1.1 g of the
intermediate 102-4 (58%) as a green solid. LCMS: 538.
[0576] 5. Synthesis of Compound 102
##STR00357##
[0577] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 102-4 (400 mg,
0.74 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 10 mL of chloroform
at room temperature in a 50 mL single-necked flask and acrylic
anhydride (122 mg, 0.97 mmol) was added to the reaction system.
Next, the reaction was carried out at room temperature for 2h.
After detecting the reaction was completed, the reaction system was
quenched with 2 mL of ice water and concentrated to dryness. The
resulting residue was purified by high pressure HPLC (column:
Waters X-bridge C18, 19*150 mm; the mobile phase: 0.05%
ammonia/acetonitrile, 40% acetonitrile to 85% acetonitrile, 9 min,
15 mL/min; detection wavelength: 254 nm). The product was collected
and concentrated to dryness to give compound 102.
##STR00358##
[0578] The compound 102 was dissolved in 2 mL of acetonitrile,
methanesulfonic acid (2.0 eq) was added thereto and the reaction
mixture was freeze dried to give 25.7 mg of methanesulfonate of the
compound 102 (4%) as a yellow solid. LCMS (parent molecule)
C.sub.30H.sub.37S N.sub.7O.sub.4: (ES, m/z): 592 [M+H].sup.+.
.sup.1H-NMR (methanesulfonate): (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm):
.delta.9.56 (s, 1H), 9.25 (br s, 1), 8.65 (s, 1H), 8.48-8.41 (m,
2H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 7.91 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H),
7.47-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 6.71-6.61 (m, 1H), 6.32-6.26 (m,
1H), 5.81-5.77 (m, 1H), 3.95-3.86 (m, 4H), 3.32 (m, 4H), 2.83-2.82
(s, 6H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 2.34-2.21 (s, 6H), 1.26-1.12 (m, 6H).
Example 103
[0579] 1. Synthesis of Compound 103
##STR00359##
[0580] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of
compound 103 and its methanesulfonate were the same as those in the
first to fifth steps of example 102, except that isopropylsulfonyl
chloride in example 102 was replaced with the intermediate of
cyclopropylsulfonyl chloride in the first step. LCMS (parent
molecule) C.sub.30H.sub.37SN.sub.7O.sub.4: (ES, m/z): 590
[M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR (methanesulfonate): (300 MHz,
DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm): .delta. 9.56 (s, 1H). 9.25 (br s, 1H), 8.72 (s,
1H), 8.43-8.41 (m, 2H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 7.96 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.61
(d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 7.47-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.05 (s, 1H), 6.72-6.63 (m,
1H), 6.28 (d, J=16.5 Hz, 1H), 5.78 (d, J=10.2 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (s,
3H), 3.41-3.20 (m, 5H), 2.82 (s, 6H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 6H),
1.36-1.23 (m, 2H), 1.16-1.05 (m, 2H).
Example 104
[0581] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 104-2
##STR00360##
[0582] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 048-2 (3.0 g,
13 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 30 mL of
N,N-dimethylformamide in a 100 mL three-necked flask at room
temperature. The reaction system was cooled to 0.degree. C. and
sodium hydride (785 mg, 18.5 mmol) was added thereto in batches.
Next, the reaction was carried out at 0.degree. C. for 0.5h,
trifluoroethyltriflate 104-1 (3.65 g, 15 mmol) was added into the
reaction system, followed by that the reaction was carried out at
room temperature for 2h. After detecting the reaction was
completed, the reaction mixture was poured into 200 mL of ice water
to quench the reaction. A red solid was precipitated, and the
resulting mixture was filtrated, and the solid was collected and
dried to dryness, to give 4.2 g of the intermediate 104-2 as a red
solid. LCMS: 312.0.
[0583] 2. Synthesis of Compound 104
##STR00361## ##STR00362##
[0584] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of
compound 104 and its methanesulfonate were the same as those in the
second to fifth steps of example 101, except that the intermediate
101-1 in example 101 was replaced with the intermediate 104-2. LCMS
(parent molecule) C.sub.29H.sub.32F.sub.3N.sub.7O.sub.2: (ES, m/z):
568 [M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR (methanesulfonate): (300 MHz,
DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm): .delta.9.51 (s, 1H), 9.35-9.27 (br s, 2H), 8.76
(s, 1H), 8.45-8.30 (m, 3H), 7.78 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J=6.3
Hz, 1H), 7.36-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.23-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.08 (s, 1H),
6.76-6.67 (m, 1H), 6.29 (d, J=16.8 Hz, 1H), 5.80 (d, J=10.8 Hz,
1H), 5.42-5.33 (m, 2H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.50-3.33 (m, 4H), 2.83 (s,
6H), 2.68 (s, 3H), 2.50 (s, 6H).
Example 105
[0585] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 105-2
##STR00363##
[0586] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 048-2 (4.0 g,
17.4 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 40 mL of
N,N-dimethylformamide in a 100 mL three-necked flask at room
temperature. The reaction system was cooled to 0.degree. C. and
sodium hydride (900 mg, 37.5 mmol) was added thereto in batches.
Next, the reaction was carried out at 0.degree. C. for 0.5h, and
1,1-difluoro-2-bromoethane (4.8 g, 33.5 mmol) was added into the
reaction system, followed by that the reaction was carried out at
room temperature for 2h. After detecting the reaction was
completed, the reaction mixture was poured into 100 mL of ice water
to quench the reaction. The resulting mixture was extracted twice
with 100 mL of EA and the organic phases were combined and dried to
dryness. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (the used eluent (PE:EA=10:1-5:1)), and the product
was collected and concentrated to dryness so as to give 1.6 g of
the intermediate 105-2 (31%) as a red solid. LCMS: 294.0.
[0587] 2. Synthesis of Compound 105
##STR00364## ##STR00365##
[0588] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of
compound 105 and its methanesulfonate were the same as those in the
second to fifth steps of example 101, except that the intermediate
101-1 in example 101 was replaced with the intermediate 105-2. LCMS
(parent molecule) C.sub.29H.sub.33F.sub.2N.sub.7O.sub.2: (ES, m/z):
550 [M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR (methanesulfonate): (300 MHz,
DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm): .delta.9.51 (s, 1H), 9.30 (br s, 2H), 8.77 (s,
1H), 8.37-8.29 (m, 3H), 7.71 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.43 (m, 1H),
7.33-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (s, 1H), 6.77-6.71
(m, 1H), 6.50 (s, 1H), 6.28 (d, J=17.4 Hz, 1H), 5.79 (d, J=10.5 Hz,
1H), 4.92-4.81 (m, 2H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.34-3.31 (m, 4H), 2.83 (s,
6H), 2.68 (s, 3H), 2.50 (s, 6H).
Example 106
##STR00366##
[0590] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 106-1
[0591] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 039-4 (5.0 g,
20.3 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 100 mL of anhydrous
DMF in a 250 mL single-necked flask at room temperature. The
reaction was cooled to 0.degree. C., and sodium hydride (731 mg,
30.5 mmol) was added thereto in batches for 10 min. Next, the
reaction was carried out at 0.degree. C. for 1h, and then
iodoisopropane (5.18 g, 30.5 mmol) was added into the reaction
system, and then the reaction was carried out at room temperature
for overnight. After detecting the reaction was completed, the
reaction system was quenched with 400 mL of ice water. The
resulting mixture was extracted three times with 200 mL of
dichloromethane. The organic phases were combined and washed three
times with 600 mL of saturated brine. The organic phases were dried
over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to dryness. The
resulting residue was purified with silica gel column
chromatography (eluent: EA/PE=1:10-1:5). The product was collected
and concentrated to dryness so as to give 3.0 g of the intermediate
106-1 (51%) as a white solid. LCMS: 289.1.
[0592] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 106-2
##STR00367##
[0593] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 106-1 (1.5 g,
5.2 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 20 mL of isopropyl
alcohol in a 100 mL single-necked flask at room temperature, then
sequentially adding the intermediate 006-4 (969 mg, 5.20 mmol)) and
p-toluenesulfonic acid (1.08 g, 6.24 mmol) into the reaction
system. Next, the reaction was heated to 105.degree. C. and carried
out overnight. After detecting the reaction was completed, the
reaction system was cooled to room temperature. The reaction
mixture was filtered, and the filter cake was collected and rinsed
three times with 10 mL of isopropanol. The resulting solid was
dried to give 1.3 g of the intermediate 106-2 (57%) as a yellow
solid. LCMS: 439.1.
[0594] 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 106-3
##STR00368##
[0595] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 106-2 (1.3 g,
2.97 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 10 mL of NMP at room
temperature in a 100 mL single-necked flask, followed by
sequentially adding N,N,N'-trimethylethylenediamine (454 mg, 4.44
mmol) and anhydrous potassium carbonate (1.23 g, 8.82 mmol) into
the reaction system. Next, the reaction system was heated to
100.degree. C., and then carried out for 3h. After detecting the
reaction was completed, the reaction system was cooled to room
temperature. The reaction mixture was poured into 500 mL of ice
water to quench the reaction. The reaction mixture was filtered and
the filter cake was collected and dried to give 1.4 g of the
intermediate 106-3 (91%) as a red solid. LCMS: 521.3.
[0596] 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 106-4
##STR00369##
[0597] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 210 mL of ethanol, 70 mL of
water, the intermediate 106-3 (1.4 g, 2.69 mmol) as a raw material,
iron powder (905 mg, 16.2 mmol) and ammonium chloride (99.8 mL,
1.87 mmol) were sequentially added into a 500 mL single-necked
flask at room temperature, followed by that the reaction was heated
to 85.degree. C. and carried out overnight. After detecting the
reaction was completed, the reaction was cooled to room
temperature. The resulting mixture was filtered by suction, and the
filtrate was collected and concentrated to dryness. The resulting
residue was purified by preparative Combi-Flash-HPLC (column: C18
silica gel; mobile phase: acetonitrile/water (0.05% trifluoroacetic
acid); 35% acetonitrile to 50% acetonitrile; 15 min; 70 mL/min;
detection wavelength: 254 nm). The resulting organic phases were
concentrated to dryness, so as to give 1.1 g of the intermediate
106-4 (68%) as a yellow solid. LCMS: 521.3.
[0598] 5. Synthesis of Compound 106
##STR00370##
[0599] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 106-4 (604 mg,
1.00 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 10 mL of anhydrous
tetrahydrofuran in a 100 mL three-necked flask at room temperature,
followed by adding DIPEA (387 mg, 2.99 mmol). The reaction system
was cooled to 0.degree. C. and acryloyl chloride (90 mg, 0.99 mmol)
was added thereto at 0.degree. C. Next, the reaction was carried
out at room temperature for 1h. After detecting the reaction was
completed, the reaction system was quenched with 50 mL of ice
water. The resulting mixture was extracted three times with 100 mL
of dichloromethane. The organic phases were combined, washed three
times with 300 mL of saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous
sodium sulfate and concentrated to dryness. The resulting residue
was purified by high pressure preparative Prep-HPLC (column: Waters
X-bridge RP18, 19*150 mm, 5 um; mobile phase: water (10 mM
NH.sub.4HCO.sub.3+0.05% NH.sub.3.sup.-H.sub.2O)/acetonitrile, 60%
acetonitrile to 75% acetonitrile, 8 min, 20 mL/min; detection
wavelength: 254 nm). The resulting organic phases were concentrated
to dryness to give the compound 106.
[0600] The compound 106 was dissolved in 10 mL of acetonitrile,
methanesulfonic acid (2.0 eq) was added thereto and the resulting
reaction mixture was freeze dried to give 85.0 mg of
methanesulfonate of the compound 106 (12%) as a yellow solid. LCMS
(parent molecule) C.sub.29H.sub.36N.sub.8O.sub.3: (ES, m/z): 545.3
[M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR (methanesulfonate): (300 MHz,
DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm): .delta. 9.50 (br s, 2H), 9.30 (br s, 1H), 8.45
(d, J=6.3 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (br s, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.85 (d, J=6.3
Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.21-7.16 (m, 1H), 7.00-6.95 (m,
1H), 6.74-6.65 (m, 1H), 6.30-6.24 (m, 1H), 5.87-5.76 (m, 1H),
4.73-4.64 (m, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.33 (m, 4H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.82
(s, 3H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.38 (s, 6H), 1.50 (s, 3H), 1.48 (s,
3H).
Example 107
[0601] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 107-1
##STR00371##
[0602] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, o-nitrofluorobenzene (15 g, 106
mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 150 mL of NMP in a 500 mL
single-necked flask at room temperature, followed by sequentially
adding cyclopropylamine (9.10 g, 159 mmol), anhydrous potassium
carbonate (44 g, 316 mmol) the reaction system. Next, the reaction
was heated to 100.degree. C. and carried out for 3 h. After
detecting the reaction was completed, the reaction system was
cooled to room temperature and the reaction mixture was poured into
150 mL ice water to quench the reaction. The reaction system was
extracted three times with 150 mL of dichloromethane. The organic
phases were combined, washed with 500 mL of saturated brine three
times and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to
dryness to give 16 g of the intermediate 107-1 (84%) as a yellow
oil. LCMS: 179.1.
[0603] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 107-2
##STR00372##
[0604] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 107-1 (16 g,
89.8 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 160 mL of anhydrous
methanol in a 500 mL single-necked flask at room temperature, and
then Pd/C (16 g, 5% by weight) and ammonium formate (16 g, 254
mmol) were sequentially added to the reaction system, then the
reaction was carried out at room temperature overnight. Next, after
detecting the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was
filtered and the filtrate was collected and concentrated to
dryness. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluent: EA/PE (1:10-1:5)), and the product was
collected and concentrated to dryness to give 12 g of the
intermediate 107-2 (90%) as a colorless oil. LCMS: 149.1.
[0605] 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 107-3
##STR00373##
[0606] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 107-2 (8.0 g,
54.0 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 100 mL of anhydrous
tetrahydrofuran at room temperature in a 250 mL single-necked
flask, followed by sequentially adding carbonyldiimidazole CDI
(19.7 g, 108 mmol) and pyridine (8.54 g, 108 mmol) into the
reaction system. Next, the reaction system was heated to 65.degree.
C., and then carried out for 3h. After detecting the reaction was
completed, the reaction system was cooled to room temperature. The
reaction mixture was poured into 100 mL of ice water to quench the
reaction. The reaction system was washed with 300 mL of
dichloromethane three times, and the organic phases were combined,
washed with 300 mL of saturated brine three times, dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to dryness. The resulting
residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent:
EA/PE (1:10-1:5)), and the product was collected and concentrated
to dryness to give 4.2 g of the intermediate 107-3 (45%) as a white
solid. LCMS: 175.1.
[0607] 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 107-4
##STR00374##
[0608] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 107-3 (4.2 g,
24.1 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 50 mL of anhydrous
DMF in 250 mL of a three-necked flask, then the reaction was cooled
to 0.degree. C. and NaH (869 mg, 36.2 mmol) was added in batches
for 10 min. Next, the reaction was carried out at 0.degree. C. for
1h, and then 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (5.36 g, 36.0 mmol) was added
and the reaction was carried out at room temperature overnight.
Next day, after detecting the reaction was completed, the reaction
system was quenched with 100 ML of ice water. The system was
extracted with 100 mL of methylene chloride three times. The
organic phases were combined, washed with 300 mL of saturated brine
three times, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated
to dryness. The resulting residue was purified by silica gel column
chromatography (eluent: EA/PE=1: 10-1:5) and the product was
collected and concentrated to dryness to give 4 g of the
intermediate 107-4 (58%) as a white solid. LCMS: 287.1.
[0609] 5. Synthesis of Compound 107
##STR00375## ##STR00376##
[0610] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of
compound 107 and its methanesulfonate from the intermediate 107-4
were the same as those in the second to fifth steps of example 101,
except that the intermediate 101-1 in example 101 was replaced with
the intermediate 107-4. Data for compound 107: LCMS (parent
molecule) C.sub.29H.sub.34N.sub.8O.sub.3: (ES, m/z):
543.3[M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR (methanesulfonate): (300 MHz,
DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm): .delta. 9.49-9.26 (m, 3H), 8.44 (d, J=6.3 Hz,
1H), 8.10 (br s, 2H), 7.83-7.81 (m, 1H), 7.31-7.19 (m, 2H),
7.05-6.96 (m, 2H), 6.72-6.64 (m, 1H), 6.29-6.24 (m, 1H), 5.79-5.76
(m, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 3.33 (m, 4H), 2.95-2.93 (m, 1H), 2.83 (s,
3H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s, 6H), 1.10-1.08 (m, 2H),
0.93 (m, 2H).
Example 108
[0611] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 108-1
##STR00377##
[0612] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 039-4 (3.0 g,
12 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 30 mL of
N,N-dimethylformamide in a 100 mL three-necked flask at room
temperature. The reaction system was cooled to 0.degree. C. and
sodium hydride (731 mg, 18.2 mmol) was added thereto in batches.
Next, the reaction was carried out at 0.degree. C. for 0.5h,
trifluoroethylmethanesulfonate (3.39 g, 14.6 mmol) was added into
the reaction system, then the reaction was carried out at room
temperature for 2h. After detecting the reaction was completed, the
reaction mixture was poured into 200 mL of ice water to quench the
reaction. A red solid was precipitated, and the resulting mixture
was filtrated, and the solid was collected and dried to dryness to
give 3.5 g of the intermediate 108-1 as a red solid. LCMS:
329.0.
[0613] 2. Synthesis of Compound 108
##STR00378## ##STR00379##
[0614] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of
compound 108 and its methanesulfonate from the intermediate 108-1
were the same as those in the second to fifth steps of example 101,
except that the intermediate 101-1 in example 101 was replaced with
the intermediate 108-1. Data for compound 108: LCMS (parent
molecule) C.sub.28H.sub.32F.sub.3N.sub.8O.sub.3: (ES, m/z): 585.2
[M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR (methanesulfonate): (300 MHz,
DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm): 59.50 (s, 1H), 9.25 (br s, 2H), 8.49 (d, J=6.0
Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.42-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.23-7.21 (m,
1H), 7.27-7.22 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.02 (m, 2H), 6.78-6.63 (m, 1H), 6.27
(d, J=17.1 Hz, 1H), 5.78 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (s, 2H), 3.85 (s,
3H), 3.50-3.20 (m, 4H), 2.83-2.73 (m, 6H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.37 (s,
6H).
Example 109
##STR00380##
[0616] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 109-1
##STR00381##
[0617] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 048-2 (3.0 g,
12.2 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 30 mL of
N,N-dimethylformamide in a 100 mL three-necked flask at room
temperature. The reaction system was cooled to 0.degree. C. and
sodium hydride (731 mg, 18.2 mmol) was added thereto in batches.
Next, the reaction was cared out at 0.degree. C. for 0.5h, and
1,2-difluoro-2-bromoethane (3.48 g, 20.0 mmol) was added into the
reaction system, then the reaction was carried out at room
temperature for 2h. After detecting the reaction was completed, the
reaction mixture was poured into 100 mL of ice water to quench the
reaction. The resulting mixture was extracted with 100 mL of ethyl
acetate twice, the organic phases were combined and washed with 100
mL of saturated brine twice, dried and concentrated to dryness. The
resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(eluent, EA:PE=0-20%), and the product fraction was collected,
concentrated to dryness to give 1.23 g of the intermediate 109-1
(33%) as a red solid. LCMS: 311.0.
[0618] 2. Synthesis of Compound 109
##STR00382## ##STR00383##
[0619] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of
compound 109 and its methanesulfonate from the intermediate 109-1
were the same as those in the second to fifth steps of example 101,
except that the intermediate 101-1 in example 101 was replaced with
the intermediate 109-1. Data for compound 109: LCMS (parent
molecule) C.sub.28H.sub.32F.sub.2N.sub.8O.sub.3: (ES, m/z): 567.2
[M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR (methanesulfonate): (300 MHz,
DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm): .delta.9.50 (s, 1H), 9.26 (br s, 2H), 8.49-8.47
(d, J=6 Hz, 1H), 8.16-8.11 (m, 2H), 7.78-7.76 (d, J=6 Hz, 1H),
7.35-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.01 (m, 2H), 6.78-6.63
(m, 1H), 6.30-6.24 (m, 1H), 5.80-5.76 (m, 1H), 4.85 (s, 2H), 3.85
(s, 3H), 3.50-3.20 (m, 4H), 2.83-2.73 (m, 6H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.37
(s, 6H).
Example 110
##STR00384##
[0621] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 110-1
##STR00385##
[0622] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 2-nitrofluorobenzene (20 g, 141
mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 500 mL of anhydrous
ethanol in a 1000 mL of three-necked flask at room temperature,
followed by adding methylamine hydrochloride (28.5 g, 422 mmol) and
50 mL of water into the reaction system. The reaction was raised to
100.degree. C. and carried out overnight. Next day, after detecting
the reaction was completed, the reaction system was cooled to room
temperature, concentrated to dryness. The resulting residue was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: PE:EA=5:1).
The product was collected, concentrated to dryness to give 18.0 g
of the intermediate 110-1 (83%) as a yellow solid. LCMS: 153.0.
[0623] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 110-2
##STR00386##
[0624] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 110-1 (15.0 g,
98.6 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in in 500 mL of methanol
in 1000 mL three-necked flask at room temperature, and palladium on
carbon containing water (5.0 g, 9.86 mmol) and ammonium formate
(30.0 g, 476 mmol) were sequentially added into the flask, then the
reaction was carried out at room temperature for 2h. After
detecting the reaction was completed, the reaction system was
filtered under suction; the filtrate was collected, concentrated to
dryness. 200 mL of water was added into the residue, and the
resulting mixture was extracted with 100 mL of dichloromethane
three times. The organic phases were combined, dried over anhydrous
sodium sulfate and concentrated to dryness to give 10.0 g of the
intermediate 110-2 (83%) as a yellow solid. LCMS: 123.0.
[0625] 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 110-3
##STR00387##
[0626] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 110-2 (10.0 g,
81.9 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 500 mL of pyridine in
a 1000 mL three-necked flask at room temperature and sulfonamide
(7.8 g, 81.2 mmol) was added to the reaction flask. After
completion of the reaction, the reaction was heated to 120.degree.
C. and carried out for 1 hour. After detecting the reaction was
completed, the reaction system was cooled to room temperature. The
reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness. The resulting residue
was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: PE:EA=10:
1-1:1), and then the resulting product was collected and
concentrated to dryness to give 8.5 g of the intermediate 110-3
(56%) as a brown solid, LCMS: 185.0.
[0627] 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 110-4
##STR00388##
[0628] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 110-3 (3.2 g,
17.4 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 200 mL of anhydrous
DMF in a 500 mL three-necked flask at room temperature, and then
anhydrous potassium carbonate (6.8 g, 49.2 mmol) and
2,4-dichloropyrimidine (2.5 g, 16.8 mmol) were added to the
reaction flask, then the reaction system was heated to 100.degree.
C. and maintained for overnight. Next day, after detecting the
reaction was completed, the reaction was cooled to room temperature
and 500 mL of ice water was added to quench the reaction. The
reaction mixture was extracted with 200 mL of dichloromethane three
times. The combined phases were combined, dried over anhydrous
sodium sulfate and concentrated to dryness. The resulting residue
was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent:
PE:EA=10:1-1:1). The product was collected, concentrated to dryness
to give 1.5 g of the intermediate 110-4 (29%) as a yellow solid.
LCMS: 297.0.
[0629] 5. Synthesis of Compound 110
##STR00389## ##STR00390##
[0630] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of
compound 110 and its methanesulfonate from the intermediate 110-4
were the same as those in the second to fifth steps of example 101,
except that the intermediate 110-1 in example 101 was replaced with
the intermediate 110-4. Data for compound 110: LCMS (parent
molecule) C.sub.26H.sub.32N.sub.8O.sub.4S: (ES, m/z): 553
[M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR (methanesulfonate): (300 MHz,
DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm): .delta.9.50 (s, 1H), 9.21 (br s, 1H), 8.99 (s,
1H), 8.46 (d, J=6 Hz, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H),
7.20-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.01-6.89 (m, 3H), 6.70-6.60 (m, 1H), 6.28 (d,
J=17.1 Hz, 1H), 5.78 (d, J=11.1 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.33-3.29
(m, 7H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.15 (s,
6H).
Example 111
##STR00391##
[0632] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 111-4
##STR00392##
[0633] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of the
intermediate 111-4 from 2-nitrofluorobenzene as a raw material were
the same as those in the first to fourth steps of example 110,
except that methylamine in example 110 was replaced with
ethylamine. LCMS for the intermediate 111-4: 311.0.
[0634] 2. Synthesis of Compound 111
##STR00393## ##STR00394##
[0635] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of
compound 111 and its methanesulfonate from the intermediate 1114
were the same as those in the second to fifth steps of example 101,
except that the intermediate 101-1 in example 101 was replaced with
the intermediate 111-4. Data for compound 111: LCMS (parent
molecule) C.sub.7H.sub.34NO.sub.4S: (ES, m/z): 567 [M+H].sup.+.
.sup.1H-NMR: (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm): .delta.9.55 (s, 1H),
9.24 (br s, 1H), 9.07 (br s, 1H), 8.45 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 8.10 (s,
1H), 7.89-7.87 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.13 (m, 2H), 7.02-6.86 (m, 3H),
6.71-6.62 (m, 1H), 6.28 (d, J=16.5 Hz, 1H), 5.78 (d, J=10.8 Hz,
1H), 3.97-3.90 (m, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.31-3.20 (m, 4H), 2.82 (s,
3H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 2.45 (s, 6H), 1.34-1.23 (m,
3H).
Example 112
##STR00395##
[0637] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 112-1
##STR00396##
[0638] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, dimethyl sulfide (11 g, 177
mmol) was dissolved in 500 mL of methylene chloride in a 1000 mL of
four-necked flask at room temperature. The reaction was cooled to
0.degree. C., and N-chlorosuccinimide (23 g, 172 mmol) was added to
the reaction system at 0.degree. C. Next, the reaction system was
cooled to -20.degree. C. and the indole (20 g, 171 mmol) as a raw
material was added to the reaction system. Then, the reaction
mixture was heated to room temperature and the reaction was carried
out for 1 hour. After the reaction was completed, the reaction
mixture was concentrated to dryness and the resulting residue was
dissolved in 200 mL of p-xylene, then the reaction system was
heated to reflux for 30 minutes. After completion of the reaction,
the reaction system was cooled to room temperature. The reaction
mixture was concentrated to dryness and the residue was purified by
silica gel column chromatography (eluent, EA/PE=1:30-1:5). The
product was collected, and concentrated to dryness to give 11.0 g
of the intermediate 112-1 (39%) as a yellow solid. LCMS: 163.2.
[0639] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 112-2
##STR00397##
[0640] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 112-1 (10 g,
61.3 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 500 mL of
dichloromethane in a 1000 mL four-necked flask, and
m-chloroperbenzoic acid (m-CPBA) (26 g, 150.67 mmol) was added to
the reaction system. Next, the reaction was carried out at room
temperature overnight. After completion of the reaction, the
reaction mixture was directly concentrated to dryness and the
resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(eluent: EA:PE=1:10-1:3). The product was collected and
concentrated to dryness to give 3.5 g of the intermediate 112-2
(29%) as a yellow solid. LCMS: 195.2.
[0641] 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 112-3
##STR00398##
[0642] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 112-2 (3.5 g,
17.9 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 150 mL of anhydrous
DMF in a 500 mL three-necked flask at room temperature. The
reaction was cooled to 0.degree. C. and sodium hydride (60%) (800
mg, 21 mmol) was added thereto in batches. Next, the reaction was
performed for 10 min at 0.degree. C. Next, 2,4-dichloropyrimidine
(2.6 g, 20.1 mmol) was added into the reaction system, after that,
the reaction was heated to room temperature and carried out for 2h.
After the reaction was completed, the reaction mixture was poured
into 500 mL of ice water to quench the reaction. The resulting
mixture was extracted with 200 mL of ethyl acetate three times. The
organic phases were combined and washed with 200 mL of saturated
brine once. The organic phases were dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate and concentrated to dryness. The resulting residue was
purified with silica gel column chromatography (EA:PE=1:20-1:5).
The organic phases were collected and concentrated to dryness to
give 1.2 g of the intermediate 112-3 (22%) as a yellow solid. LCMS:
307.8.
[0643] 4. Synthesis of Compound 112
##STR00399## ##STR00400##
[0644] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of
compound 112 and its methanesulfonate from the intermediate 112-3
were the same as those in the second to fifth steps of example 101,
except that the intermediate 101-1 in example 101 was replaced with
the intermediate 112-3. Data for compound 112: LCMS (parent
molecule) C.sub.28H.sub.33N.sub.7O.sub.4S: (ES, m/z): 564
[M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR: (300 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm): .delta.9.48
(s, 1H), 9.42 (s, 1H), 9.28 (br s, 1H), 8.75 (s, 1H), 8.68 (br s,
1H), 8.38-8.32 (m, 2H), 7.88-7.85 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.08
(s, 1H), 6.74-6.25 (m, 2H), 6.25 (d, J=17.1 Hz, 1H), 5.76 (d,
J=11.1 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 3.33-3.19 (m, 7H), 2.85-2.84 (m, 6H),
2.67 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 6H).
Example 113
##STR00401##
[0646] 1. Synthesis of Intermediate 113-1
##STR00402##
[0647] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, indazole (20 g, 169 mmol) as a
raw material was dissolved in 500 mL of DMF at 1000 mL of a
single-necked flask at room temperature, followed by sequentially
adding iodine (43 g, 169 mmol) and potassium hydroxide (38 g, 677
mmol). Next, the reaction was carried out overnight. After
detecting the reaction was completed, the reaction system was
quenched with 300 mL of ice water. The resulting mixture was
extracted with 300 mL of methylene chloride three times, and the
organic phases were combined, washed with 300 mL of saturated brine
three times and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
concentrated to dryness. The resulting residue was purified by
silica gel column chromatography (eluent: EA/PE (1:10-1:5)), and
the organic phase of the product was collected and concentrated to
dryness to give 30% of the intermediate 113-1 (73%) as a white
solid. LCMS: 244.9
[0648] 2. Synthesis of Intermediate 113-2
##STR00403##
[0649] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 113-1 (15 g,
61.5 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 500 mL of anhydrous
DMF in a 1000 mL three-necked flask at room temperature. The
reaction system was cooled to 0.degree. C. and sodium hydride (2.2
g, 92.2 mmol) was added thereto in batches for 10 min. Next, the
reaction was carried out at 0.degree. C. for 1h, iodoisopropane
(15.7 g, 92.4 mmol) was added into therein, followed by that the
reaction was heated to 100.degree. C. and carried out overnight.
After detecting the reaction was completed, the reaction system was
cooled to room temperature and quenched with 100 mL of ice water.
The resulting mixture was extracted with 500 mL of dichloromethane
three times, the organic phases were combined and washed with 100
mL of saturated brine three times, dried over anhydrous sodium
sulfate and concentrated to dryness. The resulting residue was
purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: EA:PE
(1:10-1:5)), and the organic phases were collected, concentrated to
dryness to give 13 g of the intermediate 113-2 (74%) as a yellow
solid. LCMS: 287.0.
[0650] 3. Synthesis of Intermediate 113-3
##STR00404##
[0651] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the intermediate 113-2 (3.0 g,
10.5 mmol) as a raw material was dissolved in 100 mL of 1,4-dioxane
in 250 mL of a three-necked flask at room temperature, followed by
sequentially adding hexamethylditin (4.15 g, 12.7 mmol) and
tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (1.21 g, 1.05 mmol). Next,
the reaction system was heated to 105.degree. C. and carried out
overnight. After detecting the reaction was completed, the reaction
system was cooled to room temperature and the resulting mixture was
used directly in the next step reaction.
[0652] 4. Synthesis of Intermediate 113-4
##STR00405##
[0653] Under a nitrogen atmosphere, the reaction mixture (the
intermediate 113-3) (3.40 g, 10.5 mmol) obtained in the previous
step was dissolved in about 100 mL of solution of 1,4-dioxane in a
500 mL three-necked flask at room temperature, followed by
sequentially adding 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (1.7 g, 11.4 mmol) and
tetrakis(triphenylphsophine)palladium (1.21 g, 1.05 mmol). Next,
the reaction system was heated to 105.degree. C. overnight. After
detecting the reaction was completed, the reaction system was
cooled to room temperature and the reaction mixture was quenched
with 200 mL of ice water. The resulting mixture was extracted with
200 mL of dichloromethane twice, then the organic phases were
combined, washed with 400 mL of saturated brine three times, dried
over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and concentrated to dryness. The
resulting residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography
(eluent: EA/PE (1: 10-1:3)). The organic phases were collected and
concentrated to dryness to give 1.9 g of the intermediate 113-4
(66%) as a white solid. LCMS: 273.1.
[0654] 5. Synthesis of Compound 113
##STR00406## ##STR00407##
[0655] The reaction steps and conditions for the synthesis of
compound 113 and its methanesulfonate from the intermediate 113-4
were the same as those in the second to fifth steps of example 101,
except that the intermediate 101-1 in example 101 was replaced with
the intermediate 113-4. Data for compound 113: LCMS (parent
molecule) C.sub.29H.sub.36N.sub.8O.sub.2: (ES, m/z):
529.3[M+H].sup.+. .sup.1H-NMR (methanesulfonate): (300 MHz,
DMSO-D.sub.6, ppm): .delta. 9.59 (s, 1H), 9.26 (br s, 2H), 8.45 (d,
J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 8.37 (br s, 1H), 8.30 (s, 1H), 7.84 (d, J=8.4 Hz,
1H), 7.57 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.19 (m, 1H),
7.06 (s, 1H), 6.72-6.64 (m, 1H), 6.28 (d, J=16.2 Hz, 1H), 5.78 (d,
J=11.1 Hz, 1H), 5.20-5.11 (m, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.32-3.45 (m, 4H),
2.84 (s, 3H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.67 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 6H), 1.58 (s,
3H), 1.55 (s, 3H).
Experimental Example 1
[0656] Experiment of Cell Growth Inhibition
[0657] The compounds that were preferentially targeted for EGFR
targeting certain mutations and relatively weak in wild-type EGFR
were identified by determining the growth of cells. The NCI-H1975
cell line is a human non-small cell lung cancer cell containing
T790M and L858R EGFR mutations, and the cell is grown in RPMI-1640
medium (GIBCO) containing 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS). The LoVo
cell line is a wild-type EGFR human colon adenocarcinoma cell, and
is grown in F-12K medium (GIBCO) containing 10% FBS. NCI-H2073 cell
line is a wild-type EGFR human non-small cell lung cancer cell and
grown in ACL-4 medium containing 10% FBS. The growth rate of
NCI-H1975, LoVo and NCI-H.sub.2073 cells was detected by Cell
Titer-Glo luminescence activity assay (Promega # G7572).
[0658] Briefly, trypsin was used for digesting cells in the
logarithmic growth phase. 96-well plates were seeded with 50,000
Lovo or NCI-H2073 cells, 2500-3000 NCI-H1975 cells per well and
provided with blank control wells containing only nutrient solution
without inoculated cell, and the plates were incubated in a
humidified incubator with 5% CO.sub.2 at 37.degree. C. After 24
hours, the DMSO solution of the different compounds was diluted
with a cell culture medium at 3.16 times per time to eight
different concentrations from high to low levels. The concentration
of test drug in NCI-H1975 cells was from 0.03 nM to 100 nM, and
that in LoVo and NCI-H2073 cells was from 3 nM to 10 .mu.M. The
cell culture medium containing the different compounds was then
added to a 96-well cell plate in which one cell control well
comprising cell culture medium only containing DMSO was provided.
After a drug treatment for 72 hours, the cell plates were removed
from the incubator and allowed to stand at room temperature for 30
minutes. Next, Cell Titer-Glo reagent was added to the wells and
the 96-well cell plate was shaken at room temperature for 10
minutes to induce cell lysis. The 96-well cell plate was placed on
the bench for 2 minutes to stabilize the luminescence signal.
Finally, the 96-well cell plate was placed in an EnVision
Multi-labeled Microplate Reader (PerkinElmer), and the signal was
read with an integral time of 0.5 seconds.
Percentage of cell growth inhibition %=(maximum signal-compound
signal)/(maximum signal-minimum signal)*100% Formula:
[0659] The maximal signal was obtained from the cell control well
which were treated with the DMSO solution having no any
compound;
[0660] The compound signal was obtained from the drug-treated cell
wells to which the compound was added;
[0661] The minimum signal was obtained from a blank control well to
which no cells and only nutrient solution was added.
[0662] The cell growth inhibition curve was calculated by GraphPad
Prism V5.0 software and the compound concentration required to give
a 50% inhibition was calculated based on this data, i.e., IC.sub.50
of compounds.
[0663] The results are listed in Table 1 below.
TABLE-US-00001 TABLE 1 Results of compound activity Compound #
NCI-H1975 Lovo IC.sub.50 NCI-H2073 or its salt # IC.sub.50 (nM)
(nM) IC.sub.50 (nM) 1. (HCl).sub.n 5.4 2257 230 2. (MsOH).sub.3 6.1
2297 474 3. (MsOH).sub.2 6.2 3086 295 4. (MsOH).sub.3 8.6 2573 500
5. (MsOH).sub.3 5.4 4230 335 6. (HCl).sub.n >100 4978 7.
(MsOH).sub.3 9.9 2168 760 8. MsOH 113 1937 870 9. (MsOH).sub.2 13.0
2065 1130 10. (MsOH).sub.3 >100 3019 11. (MsOH).sub.2 35.4 1272
12. (MsOH).sub.2 35.2 1718 13. (MsOH).sub.2 >100 444 14.
(MsOH).sub.2 >100 481 15. (MsOH).sub.2 >100 333 16.
(MsOH).sub.2 82.2 569 17. (MsOH).sub.2 100 >10000 18.
(MsOH).sub.3 43.6 520 19. MsOH 48.5 955 20. (MsOH).sub.4 >100
954 21. (MsOH).sub.2 >100 >10,000 22. 20.5 >10000
>10000 23. 90.8 2284 24. (MsOH).sub.3 >100 2579 25.
(MsOH).sub.2 >100 5247 26. (MsOH).sub.2 >100 5128 27.
(MsOH).sub.3 84.0 1812 28. >100 538 29. (MsOH).sub.2 13.0 2519
2520 30. (MsOH).sub.2 >100 2551 31. (MsOH).sub.3 >100 846 32.
(MsOH) >100 >10000 33. HCl >100 1432 34. (MsOH).sub.3 39.9
446 35. (MsOH).sub.3 48.4 912 36. (MsOH).sub.3 15.0 4328 410 37.
(MsOH).sub.3 8.1 4658 260 38. (HCl).sub.n 8.2 2990 476 39.
(MsOH).sub.3 0.8 3388 18 40. (MsOH).sub.3 1.3 6093 183 41.
(HCl).sub.n 7.4 >10000 340 42. (HCl).sub.n 7.1 7095 490 43.
(HCl).sub.n 18.1 2171 44. (HCl).sub.n 14.0 870 280 45. (HCl).sub.n
>100 1090 46. (MsOH).sub.2 155 1166 47. (MsOH).sub.2 134 1625
48. (HCl).sub.n 5.5 2344 435 49. (HCl).sub.n 0.7 2263 135 50.
(HCl).sub.n 9.2 >10000 290 51. (HCl).sub.n 2.6 1276 325 52.
(HCl).sub.n 5.2 6103 220 53. (HCl).sub.n 14.0 2860 690 54.
(HCl).sub.n 38.2 738 55. (HCl).sub.n 100 3227 56. (HCl).sub.n 36.0
4180 >10000 57. (HCl).sub.n 8.2 280 58. (HCl).sub.n 1.6 116 59.
(HCl).sub.n 1.3 4180 120 60. (HCl).sub.n 1.4 4070 110 61.
(HCl).sub.n 1.5 29 62. (HCl).sub.n 3.2 270 63. (HCl).sub.n 4.8 410
64. (HCl).sub.n 6.0 310 65. (MsOH).sub.2 1.9 151 66. (MsOH).sub.3
3.6 201 67. 81.7 4098 68. (MsOH).sub.2 0.4 43 69. (MsOH).sub.3 0.8
63 70. (MsOH).sub.2 0.5 46 71. (MsOH).sub.2 0.4 64 72. (MsOH).sub.3
2.7 282 73. (MsOH).sub.2 1.7 179 74. (MsOH).sub.3 14.4 463 76.
(MsOH).sub.2 1.0 56 101. (MsOH).sub.2 5.5 193 102. (MsOH).sub.2 6.4
170 103. (MsOH).sub.2 13.1 300 104. (MsOH).sub.2 16.5 977 105.
(MsOH).sub.2 15.7 543 106. (MsOH).sub.2 4.7 155 107. (MsOH).sub.2
7.4 185 108. (MsOH).sub.2 5.9 253 109. (MsOH).sub.2 4.5 268 110.
(MsOH).sub.2 2.9 103 111. (MsOH).sub.2 2.7 49 112. (MsOH).sub.2 100
5425 113. (MsOH).sub.2 26.5 595
Experimental Example 2
[0664] Comparison of the concentration of the metabolite AZ5104 in
rats' body plasma of the pyrimidine compounds according to the
present invention and AZD9291
[0665] Briefly, AZD9291 or the compound 49.(HCl).sub.n of Example
49 or the compound 104.(MsOH).sub.2 of Example 104 were
administered intragastrically to 200-220 g of adult male rats at
amount of 10 mg/kg. Each administration group had two to three
rats. After administration, 150 .mu.l of blood was extracted from
the vein on the rat tail at different times (0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6,
8, 12 and 24 hours), put in a tube with K2EDTA and placed
immediately on ice. Then, the blood sample was centrifuged in
centrifuge with a 4-degree at a speed of 2000 g for 15 minutes. The
plasma was separated and placed in a small tube and stored in a
refrigerator at -80.degree. C. The concentration of parent drug and
metabolite in plasma sample was analyzed by LC/MS.
[0666] The results are listed in Table 2 below.
TABLE-US-00002 TABLE 2 Comparison of the concentration of parent
drug and metabolite AZ5104 in plasma sample of rats' body Compound
# Parent drug AUC AZ5104 AUC or its salt # (hr* uM) (hr* uM)
AZD9291 0.64 0.02 49. (HCl).sub.n 0.91 lower than the limit of
quantification (BQL) 104. (MsOH).sub.2 1.49 lower than the limit of
quantification (BQL)
* * * * *